Manual de taller Nissan Almera n15 - Electrical System.pdf

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

SECTION

EL

When you read wiring diagrams: • Read GI section, "HOW TO READ WIRING DIAGRAMS". When you perform trouble diagnos.es, read GI section, "HOW TO FOllOW FLOW CHART IN TROUBLE DIAGNOSES" and "HOW TO PERFORM EFFICIENT DIAGNOSIS FOR AN ELECTRICAL INCIDENT".

CONTENTS PRECAUTIONS Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" (Dual Air Bag System) Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" (Single Air Bag System) HARNESS CONNECTOR Description STANDARDIZED RELAy Description POWER SUPPLY ROUTING Schematic Wiring Diagram - POWER Fuse Fusible Link Circuit Breaker GROUND DISTRIBUTION BATTERy How to Handle Battery Battery Test and Charging Chart.. Service Data and Specifications (SOS) STARTING SySTEM Wiring Diagram - START Trouble Diagnoses Construction Removal and Installation Magnetic Switch Check Pinion/Clutch Check Brush Check Yoke Check Armature Check Assembly Service Data and Specifications (SDS) CHARGING SYSTEM Wiring Diagram - CHARGE Trouble Diagnoses

4

4 4 5

5 6 6 8

8 10 19 19 19 20 25

25 28 32 33 33 35 36 .45 .46 46 46 47 48 .49 50 52

52 54

Construction Removal and Installation Disassembly Rotor Check Brush Check Stator Check Diode Check Assembly Service Data and Specifications (SDS) COMBINATION SWITCH Combination Switch/Check Replacement HEADLAMP - Without Daytime light System Wiring Diagram - H/LAMP Trouble Diagnoses HEADLAMP - Daytime light System Operation (Daytime light system) System Description Schematic Wiring Diagram - DTRL Trouble Diagnoses (Daytime Light) HEADLAMP Bulb Replacement... Aiming Adjustment. HEADLAMP - Headlamp Aiming ControlWiring Diagram - AIM Description EXTERIOR LAMP Clearance, License and Tail Lamps/Schematic Clearance, License and Tail Lamps/Wiring Diagram - TAILIL Stop Lamp/Wiring Diagram - STOP/L Back-up Lamp/Wiring Diagram - BACK/L Front Fog Lamp/Wiring Diagram - F/FOG Front Fog Lamp Bulb Replacement

55 57 57 57 58 58 59 60 61 62 62 64 65 65 67 68 68 69 70 71 74 75

75 • 75 77 77 81 82

82 83 92 94 96 101

CONTENTS Front

Fog Lamp

Aiming

Adjustment..

Rear Fog Lamp/Wiring Turn Signal

Diagram

and Hazard

-

R/FOG -

Warning

Rear Wiper

102

-

and Hazard

Lamps/Wiring

Diagram

Turn Signal

and Hazard

Lamps/Trouble

Warning -

TURN -

107

Warning

Flasher

Bulb Specifications

INTERIOR LAMP Illumination/Schematic Illumination/Wiring

Diagram

Spot, Trunk

-

Room

Rear Wiper

ILL -

114

Headlamp

Wiper

Motor

115

Headlamp

Wiper

Installation

115

Headlamp

Washer

116

Check Valve

Schematic Wiring

Meter

127

Tachometer,

Gauges/Wiring

Diagram

Inspection/Fuel

Gauge

Temperature

Temp. -

129

Gauge

Inspection/Tachometer and Vehicle

Unit Check

Transmitter

Vehicle

Speed

Signal

Warning

Lamps/Schematic

Warning

Lamps/Wiring

Check

Switch

Check

Fuel Warning

Lamp

Sensor

137 138

-

WARN -

Check

151 151

Buzzer

Warning

Buzzer/System

Warning

Buzzer/Wiring

BUZZER

Components

Unit...

151 Description

152

-

154 Inspection

-

Warning

Buzzer

Front Wiper -

and Washer/Wiring

Description

Amplifier

Front Wiper

Installation

Front Wiper

Check and Adjustment..

Linkage Nozzle

Front Washer

Tube Layout

Adjustment...

and Washer/System

179

washer)

179 180 183

-

WINDOW -

185

Diagnoses

197 198

Description

198 200

Diagram

-

Diagnoses

-

202

-

Type 1 (For Europe

-

Type 2 (Except

and 212

Diagnoses

Europe

and Australia)

216

POWER DOOR MIRROR

220

Wiring

Diagram

-

MIRROR

for

-

220

ELECTRIC SUN ROOF Wiring

Diagram

-

224 SROOF -

224

HORN, CIGARETTE LIGHTER AND CLOCK Wiring

Diagram

-

HORN -

226

REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER AND DOOR MIRROR DEFOGGER System

Description

(For models

light system) Filament

Check

Fi lament

Repai

Diagram

230

with daytime 230

-

DEF -

231 235

r

236

AUDIO AND ANTENNA Audio/System

226

237

Description -

237

AUDIO -

238

162

Radio

166

Location

of Antenna

243

166

Antenna

Rod Replacement..

243

168 168 Description

D/LOCK

Trouble

Wiring

167

Front Washer Rear Wiper

160

Diagram

WIPER -

Front Wiper

157 160

and Washer/System

179

Tube Layout..

180

Wirin.g Diagram

Diagram

WIPER AND WASHER Front Wiper

139 151

Check

Warning

179

Austral ia)

138 Diagram

Oil Pressure

-

Trouble

137

WARNING LAMPS AND BUZZER

Diode

Wiring

137

Check

Sensor

Check

(For headlamp

Diagram

System

133

135

Fuel Tank Gauge

177

Description

Trouble

134 Speed

Sensor Thermal

Diagram

Schematic

and Water

Inspection/Speedometer

and Washer/Wiring

POWER DOOR LOCK

and Fuel

METER -

Wiper

POWER WINDOW

127

Combination

176 176

HLC -

126

Speedometer,

Layout..

Headlamp

Bulb Specifications

INT/L -

175

(for rear washer)

-

METER AND GAUGES

-

Tube

175

Adjustment

113

and Luggage

Diagram

Nozzle

175

and Adjustment..

113

System

Lamps/Wiring

Check

Installation

Rear Washer

122

Room

171

Check Valve

Unit Check

Diagram

WIP/R -

Rear Washer

Diagnoses

Combination

and Washer/Wiring

Rear Wiper Amplifier 106

Turn Signal

Interior,

101

Lamps/

Schematic

(Conl'd.)

169

Fuse Check

243

HEATED SEAT Wiring

Diagram

245 -

245

NATS (Nissan Anti-Theft System)

-

H/SEAT

247

System

Description

247

System

Composition

247

CONTENTS Component Parts Location Wiring Diagram - NATS Trouble Diagnoses LOCATION OF ELECTRICAL UNITS Engine Compartment Passenger Compartment HARNESS LAyOUT How to Read Harness Layout... Outline Engine Control Harness Engine Room Harness Main Harness '" Body Harness Body No.2 Harness Engine Harness

:

248 249 251 266 266 267 269 269 270 271 274 280 284 292 294

(Cont'd.)

Air Bag Harness Room Lamp Harness Back Door Harness Front Door Harness (LH side) Front Door Harness (RH side) Rear Door Harness SUPER MULTIPLE JUNCTION (SMJ) Terminal Arrangement FUSE BLOCK - Junction Box (JIB) Terminal Arrangement ELECTRICAL UNITS Terminal Arrangement JOINT CONNECTOR (J/C) Terminal Arrangement

297 298 299 300 302 304 Foldout Foldout Foldout Foldout Foldout Foldout Foldout Foldout

WIRING DIAGRAM REFERENCE CHART COOLING SYSTEM ECCS (Ignition syslem) AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE CONTROL SYSTEM ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM SRS "AIR BAG" HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER

LC SECTION EC SECTION AT SECTION BR SECTION RS SECTION HA SECTION

•

PRECAUTIONS Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" (Dual Air Bag System) The Supplemental Restraint System "Air Bag", used along with a seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger in a frontal collision. The Supplemental Restraint System consists of air bag modules (located in the center of the steering wheel and on the instrument panel on the passenger side), a diagnosis sensor unit, warning lamp, wiring harness and spiral cable. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the RS section of this Service Manual. WARNING: • To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by an authorized NISSAN dealer. • Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. • Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses are covered with yellow insulation either just before the harness connectors or for the complete harness, for easy identification.

Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" (Single Air Bag System) The Supplemental Restraint System "Air Bag", used along with a seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver in a frontal collision. The Supplemental Restraint System consists of an air bag module (located in the center of the steering wheel), a diagnosis sensor unit, warning lamp and spiral cable. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the RS section of this Service Manual. WARNING: • To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by an authorized NISSAN dealer. • Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. • Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS.

EL-4

HARNESS CONNECTOR Description HARNESS CONNECTOR • •

All harness connectors have been modified to prevent accidental looseness or disconnection. The connector can be disconnected by pushing or lifting the locking section.

CAUTION: Do not pull the harness when disconnecting

the connector.

[Example]

Packing (Water-proof

LIFT

type)

PUSH

PUSH

PUSH

•

PUSH (For combination

(For relay)

meted

SEL769D

EL-5

STANDARDIZED

RELAY

Description NORMAL OPEN, NORMAL CLOSED AND MIXED TYPE RELAYS Relays can mainly be divided into three types: normal open, normal closed and mixed type relays. NORMAL OPEN RELAY

NORMAL CLOSED RELAY

MIXED TYPE RELAY

Flows.

U.

Flows .

Does not flow.

u.

e:> =

•

Does note:> flow.

9

~

(J)

=0

I BATIERY Flows .

•

BATIERY

Does not flow. Q

=

0

:s:

I

0

SW 1

BATIERY

Does not flow. Q

Z

(J)

=

I

SW 1

Flows.

L

t

SW 1

SW 1

BATIERY

L

I

BATIERY

BATIERY SEL881H

TYPE OF STANDARDIZED

r~~-~.~_._-

-~--_.-_.."..__ ._-~-

RELAYS 1M

1 Make

2M

2 Make

1T

1 Transfer

1M.1B ..................

1 Make 1 Break

_.. -----------

-------~.-

-.----.-----~----

2M

1M

(ftj r---~---.-------------~~-~. ----.---.... r 1M

,

..

;

,

"

iM.1B

1T

1T

(/

2M

-', \

~.. - -_\_~- ~----

I

1B

I

j SEL882H

EL-6

51 ANDARDIZED RELAY Description (Cont'd)

Type

Outer view

Circuit

Connector symbol and connection

1T

Case color

BLACK

= 2M

BROWN

1M.1B

GRAY

=

1M

BLUE

•

The arrangement of terminal numbers on the actual relays may differ from those shown above.

SEL661TA

EL-7

POWER SUPPLY ROUTING Schematic CHARGE 75A

[ill

>-

a: w

25A

I-I--

m

CIRCUIT BREAKER ILL, WINDOW, D/LOCK, SROOF

«

CD

30A

30A

0

I COOl/F,

A/C

I

lliJ COOl/F, A/C 7.5A@Q]

FICO, A/CCUT, A/C 7.5A@I]

CHARGE UJ

..J

30A

ITJ

IGNITION OFF ACC

SWITCH ON

ST

MAIN, IGN/SG, INJECT START 7.5A~

7.5A~

S/SIG, GLOW, PlA, DTRl

AAC/V 15A

@ill H/lAMP, DTRl, R/FOG

15A

@Q] H/LAMP,DTRl

7.5A0J

MAIN, CMPS, MAFS, GLOW, NATS

LIGHTING

SWITCH

OFF

2ND

1ST

ABC ABC ABC

10A ~ HORN 7.5A@]

R/FOG

10A

FRONT FOG lAMP SWITCH

00 DR

10A

LE

mI

CD

DAYTIME LIGHT UNIT

DL

HEL001

EL-8

POWER SUPPLY ROUTING Schematic (Cont'd)

l5A ~ F/FOG

@J

20A

LOAD, DEF lOA

[8J

lOA

[ill

ABS, SToP/L TURN 7.5A@Q]

FICO, A!CCUT, HEATER, A!e

INT/L GLOW, AIM, BUZZER, HORN, AUDIO, NATS ILL, AUDIO lOA

@]

HEATER, A!e

WIP/R l5A

[ill

20A

[ill

HORN WIPER lOA

ACCESSORY RELAY

~

MIRROR, DEF l5A ~ HLC 20A []]

@

@ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @

@)

RHO models eo engine SR engine SR engine A/T models and CO engine For Europe and Israel Except @ LHD models without daytime light system Except @ LHo models with daytime light system Without daytime light system With single air bag system With dual air bag system

LOAD, DEF

n IGNITION U RELAY

LOAD, MIL, BUZZER, WINDOW, SROOF, DEF, NATS LKUP, AIT, BACK/L, METER, WARN TURN 7. 5A [ill

ABS lOA

[ill H/SEAT

lOA

[ill

l5A

@]

•

H02S

F/PUMP, AIRREG

TAIL. F/FoG 3A

IE]

LOAD, AIM, TAIL, F/FO~ ILL, BUZZER

SRS lOA ~

SRS PGC/V, EGRC/V, AAC/V, VTC, COOL/F, LOAD, GLOW, PLA, FCUT, A/C, START, DTRL, DEF

HEL096

EL-9

POWER SUPPLY ROUTING Wiring Diagram ~

EL-POWER-01

BATTERY

FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOX ~

W/R ~

POWER -

~

t

W/R~

@: 30A

I

W

@: B/R

Jt

BR

t

rn

-

_-I:::::::

-

A

Wt

! 1

ABS GLOW

Next page

75A

W

BYR :} B/R +

FUSIBLE LINK AND FUSE BOX ~ ~ ~

[]]

Il:jdI

daytime light system SR engine AT models and CD engine

Y

1_-_-_-_-

o

W/R

CD engine

@: LHD models without

GY

CIRCUIT BREAKER (102)

G/W

L!Y

RIB

I

1

---------

RIB +

CHARGE

L/Y +

FICO, A/CCUT,

G/W

~

~

GY

W!L

I

.-------------1-----0--------1._.- __ -

W/L

~

W W

+}

COOL/F,A/C

+ + 57tb~R~~2~bF +CHARGE JB---- To EL -POWER

~:--. -f9> W

A/C

~

-04

Next page

~-----------------------------------, CE57> FRONT"

~ FRONT

t

-----------------------------------~ HEL002

El-10

POWER SUPPLY ROUTING Wiring Diagram - POWER -

Preceding page

--19~

(Cont'd)

EL-POWER-02

W

@: AHO models

:

LIGHTING SWITCH

00):

LHO models without daytime light system Except
@: @:

@:

@: *1"'@

,
R/B

R/Y

system

, @ AIL

I

W/R Preceding page

FUSIBLE LINK AND FUSE BOX

10A

1451 @ A/Y

BIA

BA

+

~

•

I

0

~

R

1l12J1 ~R/l

BIA ~

~

-

-

~:

~Ol ~

LE

~H/lAMP.

BA ..

LIGHTING SWITCH OFF....

R

01---

LE

AAC/V TAIL. F/FOG. ILL

TAIl/l FUSE

DAYTIME LIGHT

TAIL/l

UNIT

SW

(E119):

@

TAIL/L OUTPUT

* 1 .JE-. ~

0-0-

DTRl. AIFOG

AIL ..

To El -POWER -09

TAIL, F/FOG

r---------------------------------,
L

~

~(ffiID ~GY

L

_

HEL003

EL-11

•


(Conl'd)

EL-POWER-03 Preceding page

o

7.5A

FUSIBLE LINK AND FUSE BOX

1431

~

@ W/L

R/W

G

I

P

GIS

I

L-

P

+ R/FOG

+ HORN W/L + ~t5~: ~~~~. MAFS. R/W + H!LAMP.DTRL

-----

GIS

--------

G

IFh S

ON.-ST OFF' ACC

OFF 'eACC

IGNITION SWITCH @

ON

ACC

@: For Europe and Israel @: Except for Europe and Israel

~

W/L

EE _______

S/L ~

~glL-POWER

+

B/W START SIP ~ To EL-POWER ~-08

.---------------

1.---------------

SiR

-e> ~g6EL-POWER +

B/R MAIN.IGN/SG.INJECT W/L ~ ~g5EL-POWER

r-------------------~
FRONT.

I I

, Illin @

: tmmID , L

W

~

tm:IID

@ W

(EU4)

I I I

: ~I

HEL004

EL-12


To EL-POWER4 -01 ~

W

----.----

(ConI' d)

EL-POWER-04 W ~

~:

@: @:

Next page

LHD models with daytime For Europe and Israe 1 Except@

light

system

FUSE BLOCK (JIB) (E12O)

m

10A

~ ~

[}[]

(fl06)

(]V

IN;51 GIOR EE

LG/OR+TU1N ABS,STOP IL

R/Y • P

•

GLOW. BUZZER

P

•

AIM

:

:}

P

.NATS

P

.HORN

AUDIO

RIB .}

INTIL

RIB. LIB •

LOAD.DEF

OR .F/FOG

~------------------------------------------------------------, ([@

@: (H2O)

~@:m

N20

B

N22

,.-------

@)

I I

W L

j

I

HEL005

EL-13

•


To EL-POWER-03~

_1-,

W/L ..... ()~

Preceding page ~

-

W

W!L W db db

(Conl'd)

EL-POWER-05 W/L ~ (b): @: @: @:

~gBEL-POWER LHO models RHOmodels Except for Europe and Israel LHO models with daytime light

system

IIS511 IIRill

~

~}Next

page FUSE BLOCK (.J/B) ~

-

@ID (106)

iOA

(@

[[]

EE

OL

WIP/R

PU

LG LG L L

r-----------------------------------------------------------,

+ 2

{ACCD

1

5

L

~

HEL006

EL-14


(Coni' d)

EL-POWER-06 To EL-POWER-03 ~

BIR --,

@: @:

BIR

LHD models with Without daytime

daytime light light system

system

Is~1 Preceding

page

{

L p

FUSE BLOCK (JIB)

-

@)

20A

m @) Y

Y

R

R

G/W

G

G

G

G

GLIB

t.=

~

L~B :}

LOAD, DEF

G

•

MIL

G

•

NATS

G

•

BUZZER

G

•

WINDOW,SROOF

G/W •

TURN

:

:}

Y

•

METER,WARN

Y

•

LKUP, AIT BACK!L

GY •

H/SEAT

ABS

r-----------------------------------------------------------,

+ 2

•

(IGNl)

1

5

----------------------------------------------------~ HEL007

EL-15


(Cont'd)

EL-POWER-07 @: A/T models @: With single air bag system @: With dual air bag system

To EL-POWER-03

S/L

--------------1 S/L

la-51 N FUSE SLOCK

(J/S)

10A

~

1251 1I~51 IN.41 IN.41 RIL S/Y s/Y

I L L..:

A

S/Y

•

S/SIG.

S/Y

.DTRL

R/L .}

GLOW, PLA

SRS

R/W. SR

•

START

SR

•

COOL/F. LOAD. FCUT, A/C,DTRL,DEF

SR

•

GLOW. PLA

SR

•

PGC/V. EGRC/V. AAC/V, VTC, GLOW. PLA

S/W.}

F/PUMP. AIRREG

SIL • SR/Y.

H02S

r-------------------------------------------------,

HEL008

EL-16


(ConI' d)

EL-POWER-08 To EL-POWER ~ -03 ~

B/P ~

~g5EL-POWER ~

W/L ~()

I

LHO models RHO mode Is @: For Europe and @: Except @

I

Israel

*2'" @W!L @B/P

*2

rrm

I

o To

FUSE BLOCK

EL-POWER -06

(ill)

(..)/B)

p

-

(105)
7.5A

m

IT]

UN.?' B

I

B

ln .I-()~().., <: :> 1 JOINT CONNECTOR-1

@

~

B

I

I

R

B

B

• ..

B

..

B

If-II ~~

... -----

----

__

LIB +} LG/R +

FICO. A/CCUT• A/C

LG/R +

HEATER, A/C

LG/R +

A/CCUT. A/C

LG/R+} L/W

@

HEATER.A/C

+

r-----------------------------------------------------------,

• + 2

5

1

CIGN2)

(ACC2)

r-------------------------UITIIIIIIIIIill

@

~BR

--------------------------------~ HEL009

EL-17


@: To EL-POWER-02

<@-

*1

l

qJ):

@: @:

(Cont'd)

EL-POWER-09 LHD models RHO models LHD models with daytime light system LHD models without daytime light system Except @ Models

with

*1'"

@R/B

*3'" *4"

(DRIG . (DRIY

, , ,

tachometer

qJ)R/Y

,

@R/L

@R/L @RIL

(

FUSE BLOCK (JIB)

~ 4;106)

I UN: I I *3

r:I Ir:

@)

I IIN: I UN: I UN: I IN.aI UN.al IN..aI UN.allI~al UN: I liT: I I~21

RIG RIG RIG RIG RIG RIG RIG RIG RIG RIG RIG

TN

I.

*4

RIL

R/l"

..----R/G. *4 •

TAIL, FIFOO TAIL

RIG.

RIG. RIG.

ILL

RIG. RIG. RIG. RIG. RIG.

BUZZER

RIG.

LOAD

RIG •

AIM. ILL

*3 •

FIFOG

r-------------------------------------------------,

-------------------------------------------------~ HEL010

EL-18

POWER SUPPLY ROUTING Fuse • • • • OK

Blown

If fuse is blown, be before installing new Use fuse of specified specified rating. Do not partially install properly. Remove fuse for clock of time.

sure to eliminate cause of problem fuse. rating. Never use fuse of more than fuse; always insert it into fuse holder if vehicle is not used for a long period

CEL083

Fusible Link A melted fusible link can be detected by visual inspection. If its condition is questionable, use circuit tester or test lamp. CAUTION: • If fusible link should melt, it is possible that critical circuit (power supply or large current carrying circuit) is shorted. In such a case, carefully check and eliminate cause of problem. • Never wrap outside of fusible link with vinyl tape. Important: Never let fusible link touch any other wiring harness or vinyl or rubber parts.

Circuit Breaker

ime (sec.) 100

For example, when current is 30A, the circuit is broken within 8 to 20 seconds. Circuit breakers are used in the following systems. • Power window • Power door lock • Electric sun roof

50 20 10

8 5

SBF284E

• EL-19

GROUND DISTRIBUTION GROUND E37/E51

CONN. NO.

CONNECT TO

CELL CORD

AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT (Single air bag system)

E108

RS-SRS

BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH

E2

EL-WARN

CLEARANCE LAMP LH

E50

EL-TAILIL

CLEARANCE LAMP RH

E33

EL-TAILIL

COOLING FAN MOTOR-1 (1-mode type)

E45

EC-COOLIF

HA-A/C

COOLING FAN MOTOR-1 (2-mode type-GA engine for Europe)

E66

EC-COOLIF

HA-A/C

COOLING FAN MOTOR-1 (2-mode type-exeept GA engine for Europe)

E46

EC-COOLIF

HA-A/C

COOLING FAN MOTOR-2 (1-mode type)

E39

EC-COOLIF

HA-A/C

COOLING FAN MOTOR-2 (2-mode type-GA engine for Europe)

E67

EC-COOLiF

HA-A/C

COOLING FAN MOTOR-2 (2-mode type-exeept GA engine for Europe)

E40

EC-COOLIF

HA-A/C

COOLING FAN RELAY-1

E12

EC-COOLIF

HA-A/C

COOLING FAN RELAY-2

E17

EC-COOLIF

HA-A/C

COOLING FAN RELAY-3

E18

EC-COOLIF

HA-A/C

DAYTIME LIGHT UNIT

E119

EL-DTRL

FRONT FOG LAMP LH

E52

EL-F/FOG

FRONT FOG LAMP RH

E36

EL-F/FOG

FRONT TURN SIGNAL LAMP LH

E53

EC-TURN

FRONT TURN SIGNAL LAMP RH

E32

EC-TURN

FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH

E113

EL-WIPER

FUEL FILTER SWITCH

E5

EL-WARN

HEADLAMP AIMING MOTOR UNIT LH

E48

EL-AIM

HEADLAMP AIMING MOTOR UNIT RH

E35

EL-AIM

HEADLAMP LH

E49

EL-H/LAMP

EL-DTRL

HEADLAMP RH

E34

EL-H/LAMP

EL-DTRL

HEADLAMP WIPER MOTOR LH

E44

EL-HLC

HEADLAMP WIPER MOTOR RH

E41

EL-HLC

IACV-FICD SOLENOID VALVE (LHD models with CD20 engine)

E65

INHIBITOR SWITCH

-

.

EC-A/CCUT

HA-A/C

E222

EC-PNP/SW

AT-A IT

NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH

E220

EC-PNP/SW

POWER STEERING OIL PRESSURE SWITCH (RHO models with gasoline engine)

E3

EC-PST/SW

REAR FOG LAMP RELAY

E20

EL-R/FOG

REAR WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH

E112

EL-WIP/R

REAR WIPER RELAY

E15

EL-WIP/R

SIDE TURN SIGNAL LAMP (Driver side)

E1

EL-TURN

WASHER FLUID LEVEL SWITCH

E30

EL-WARN

EL-20

EL-START

GROUND DISTRIBUTION CONNECT TO

GROUND M27

M28/M68

(LHD models) M28/M60/M68

(RHD models)

CONN. NO.

CELL CORD

COMBINATION METER (TACHOMETER)

M31

EL-METER

COMBINATION METER (AIR BAG WARNING LAMP)

M'1

RS-SRS

COMBINATION METER (CLOCK ILLUMINATION) (For Europe and Israel)

M'1

EL-ILL

COMBINATION METER (FUEL GAUGE)

M'1

EL-METER

COMBINATION METER (HIGH BEAM INDICATOR)

M'1

EL-H/LAMP

COMBINATION METER (SPEEDOMETER)

M'1

EC-VSS

COMBINATION METER (TURN)

M'2

EL-TURN

COMBINATION METER (WATER TEMP. . GAUGE)

M'1

EL-METER

A/T CONTROL DEVICE (OD CONTROL SWITCH)

M42

AT-A/T

M42

EL-ILL

ACCESSORY RELAY (In fuse block)

M15

EL-POWER

ASHTRAY ILLUMINATION

M44

EL-ILL

BLOWER RELAY (In fuse block)

M15

EL-POWER

CIGARETTE LIGHTER SOCKET

M43

EL-HORN

COMBINATION FLASHER UNIT

M20

EL-TURN

COMBINATION METER (METER ILLUMINATION) (For Europe and Israel)

M30 M32

EL-ILL

DATA LINK CONNECTOR FOR CONSULT

M13

EC-MIL

DOOR LOCK TIMER (Type-1)

M34

EL-D/LOCK

DOOR LOCK TIMER (Type-2)

M35

EL-D/LOCK

DOOR MIRROR REMOTE CONTROL SWITCH

M9

EL-MIRROR

ECM (ENGINE CONTROL MODULE)

M39

EC-GLOW

FAN SWITCH

M45

EC-A/CCUT

FAN SWITCH ILLUMINATION

M48

HA-A/C

FRONT FOG LAMP SWITCH

M10

EL-F/FOG

FRONT WIPER AMPLIFIER

M74

EL-WIPER

FRONT WIPER MOTOR (With ASS, dual air bag or rear power window)

M83

EL-WIPER

GLOVE BOX LAMP SWITCH

M66

EL-ILL

HAZARD SWITCH

M54

EL-TURN

HEADLAMP AIMING SWITCH

M11

EL-AIM

HEADLAMP WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH

M56

EL-ILL

IGNITION RELAY (In fuse block)

M15

EL-POWER

ILLUMINATION CONTROL SWITCH

M21

EL-ILL

MIRROR DEFOGGER RELAY

M17

EL-DEF

NATS IMMU

M36

EL-NATS

A/T CONTROL DEVICE (A/T INDICATOR ILLUMINATION)

'1: M30 (With tachometer), M32 (Without tachometer) '2: M30 (Without tachometer), M31 (With tachometer)

EL-21

EL-WARN

EL-HORN

EL-DTRL EC-COOLIF

BR-ABS

EL-METER

RS-SRS

EC-LOAD

HA-A/C

EL-ILL EL-ILL

EL-ILL

EL-HLC

•

GROUND DISTRIBUTION CONNECT TO

GROUND M28/M68 (LHD models) M28/M60/M68 (RHD models)

CONN. NO.

CELL CORD

POWER STEERING OIL PRESSURE SWITCH (LHD models without A8S, dual air bag and rear power window)

M82

EC-PST/SW

POWER WINDOW RELAY

M16

EL-ILL

REAR FOG LAMP SWITCH

M55

EL-R/FOG

REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SWITCH

M53

EL-ILL

REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER TIMER

M37

EL-DEF

REAR WIPER AMPLIFIER (RHD models)

M21

EL-WIP/R

RECIRCULATION SWITCH

M46

HA-A/C

SIDE TURN SIGNAL LAMP (Passenger side) (GA engine without A8S, dual air bag and rear power window)

M81

EL-TURN

SUN ROOF RELAY

M16

EL-SROOF

WARNING 8UZZER UNIT (For Australia)

M38

EL-8UZZER

FRONT WIPER MOTOR (With A8S, dual air bag or rear power window)

8105

EL-WIPER

88

EL-WIP/R

IACV-FICD SOLENOID VALVE (RHD models with CD engine)

8102

EC-A/CCUT

POWER STEERING OIL PRESSURE SWITCH (LHD models with ASS, dual air bag or rear power window)

8102

EC-PST/SW

8108

EL-TURN

AIR 8AG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT (Dual air bag system)

Z1

RS-SRS

SPOT LAMP

R2

EL-INT/L

DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR (Driver side)

D8

EL-D/LOCK

DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR (Passenger side)

D38

EL-D/LOCK

DOOR MIRROR DEFOGGER (Driver side)

D4

EL-DEF

DOOR MIRROR DEFOGGER (Passenger side)

D34

EL-DEF

LOCK KN08 SWITCH

D9

EL-D/LOCK

POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH (Without rear power window)

D6

EL-WINDOW

POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH (With rear power window)

D7

EL-WINDOW

-_._-

EL-WINDOW EL-ILL

EL-8UZZER

EL-DEF

-

REAR WIPER AMPLIFIER (LHD modelsl 0-

HA-A/C

SIDE TURN SIGNAL LAMP (Passenger side) (Except GA engine without A8S, dual air bag and rear power window)

EL-22

EL-D/LOCK

GROUND DISTRIBUTION

F13/F14

CONN. NO.

CONNECT TO

GROUND

CELL CORD

DISTRIBUTOR (CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR)

F24

EC-CMPS

DISTRIBUTOR (POWER TRANSISTOR)

F24

EC-IGN/SG

ECM (ECCS CONTROL MODULE)

F1

EC-MAIN

IACV-FICD SOLENOID VALVE (GA16DE engine except for Europe and Israel)

F9

EC-FICD

HA-A/C

F11

EC-FICD

HA-A/C

F24

EC-CMPS

SHIELD WIRE (HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR)

F23

EC-H02S

SHIELD WIRE (KNOCK SENSOR) (GA engine)

F102

EC-KS

SHIELD WIRE (MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR) (GA engine for Europe and Israel and

F12

EC-MAFS

F27

EC-MAFS

SHIELD WIRE (OXYGEN SENSOR)

F22

EC-02S

SHIELD WIRE (THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR)

F8

EC-TPS

IACV-AIR REGULATOR

E214

EC-AIRREG

IACV-FICD SOLENOID VALVE (SR engine)

E212

EC-FICD

SHIELD WIRE (KNOCK SENSOR) (SR engine)

E215

EC-KS

ALTERNATOR

E233

EL-CHARGE

FRONT DOOR SWITCH (Driver side)

B9

RS-SRS

FUEL PUMP

B17

EC-F/PUMP

FUEL TANK GAUGE UNIT

B18

EL-METER

HEATED SEAT LH

B12

EL-H/SEAT

HEATED SEAT RH

B16

EL-H/SEAT

HEATED SEAT SWITCH LH

B13

EL-H/SEAT

HEATED SEAT SWITCH RH

B15

EL-H/SEAT

REAR COMBINATION LAMP LH (TAIL AND STOP) (Hatchback)

B27

EL-TAILIL

B27

EL-TURN

REAR COMBINATION LAMP RH (TAIL AND STOP) (Hatchback)

B28

EL-TAILIL

REAR COMBINATION LAMP RH (TURN SIGNAL) (Hatchback)

B28

EL-TURN

HIGH-MOUNTED STOP LAMP (In rear air spoiler) (Hatchback)

D112

EL-STOP/L

HIGH-MOUNTED STOP LAMP (On rear window) (Hatchback)

D108

EL-STOP/L

LICENSE PLATE LAMP LH (Hatchback)

D107

EL-TAILIL

LICENSE PLATE LAMP RH (Hatchback)

D109

EL-TAILIL

IACV-FICD SOLENOID VALVE (GA engine for Europe and Israel and GA 15DE engine) SHIELD WIRE (CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR)

GA15DE engine) SHIELD WIRE (MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR) (GA 16DE engine except for Europe and Israel and SR engine)

E205 B11/B32 (Sedan) B11/B32/D105 (Hatchback)

REAR COMBINATION LAMP LH (TURN SIGNAL) (Hatchback)

EL-23

HA-A/C

EL-WARN

EL-BUZZER

EL-WARN

EL-STOP/L

EL-STOP/L

•

GROUND DISTRIBUTION

B11/B32 (Sedan) B11/B32/D105 (Hatchback)

LUGGAGE ROOM LAMP SWITCH

0110

EL-INT/L

REAR COMBINATION LAMP LH (BACK-UP)

0103

EL-BACK/L

REAR COMBINATION LAMP LH (REAR FOG) (LHD Hatchback models for Europe)

0103

EL-R/FOG

REAR COMBINATION LAMP LH (TAIL) (Hatchback except for Europe and Australia)

0103

EL-TAILIL

REAR COMBINATION LAMP RH (BACK-UP)

0111

EL-BACK/L

0111

EL-R/FOG

0111

EL-TAILIL

HIGH-MOUNTED STOP LAMP (Sedan)

T6

EL-STOP/L

LICENSE PLATE LAMP LH (Sedan)

T5

EL-TAILIL

LICENSE PLATE LAMP RH (Sedan)

T7

EL-TAILIL

REAR COMBINATION LAMP LH (BACK-UP) (LHD Sedan models)

T3

EL-BACK/L

REAR COMBINATION LAMP LH (REAR FOG) (Sedan)

T3

EL-R/FOG

REAR COMBINATION LAMP LH (TAIL AND STOP) (Sedan)

T2

EL-TAILIL

REAR COMBINATION LAMP LH (TAIL) (Sedan except for Europe and Australia)

T3

EL-TAILIL

T2

EL-TURN

REAR COMBINATION LAMP RH (BACK-UP) (Sedan)

TB

EL-BACK/L

REAR COMBINATION LAMP RH (REAR FOG) (RHO Sedan models)

TB

EL-R/FOG

REAR COMBINATION LAMP RH (TAIL AND STOP) (Sedan)

T9

EL-TAILIL

REAR COMBINATION LAMP RH (TAIL) (Sedan except for Europe and Australia)

TB

EL-TAILIL

REAR COMBINATION LAMP RH (TURN SIGNAL) (Sedan)

T9

TRUNK ROOM LAMP SWITCH

T4

EL-INT/L

SHIELD WIRE (WHEEL SPEED SENSOR FRONT LH) (LHD models)

E4

BR-ABS

SHIELD WIRE (WHEEL SPEED SENSOR FRONT RH) (RHO models)

E11

BR-ABS

SHIELD WIRE (WHEEL SPEED SENSOR FRONT LH) (RHO models)

B106

BR-ABS

SHIELD WIRE (WHEEL SPEED SENSOR FRONT RH) (LHD models)

B107

BR-ABS

ABS CONTROL UNIT

B111

BR-ABS

ABS RELAY BOX

B104

BR-ABS

REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER

B203

EL-DEF

REAR COMBINATION LAMP RH (REAR FOG) (RHO Hatchback models for Europe) REAR COMBINATION LAMP RH (TAIL) (Hatchback except for Europe and Australia) T10/T11

REAR COMBINATION LAMP LH (TURN SIGNAL) (Sedan)

B110

B112

B204

CELL CORD

CONN. NO.

CONNECT TO

GROUND

EL-24

.

EL-TAILIL

EL-STOP/L

EL-STOP/L

BATTERY CAUTION: • If it becomes necessary to start the engine with a booster battery and jumper cables, use a 12-volt booster battery. • After connecting battery cables, ensure that they are tightly clamped to battery terminals for good contact. • Never add distilled water through the hole used to check specific gravity.

How to Handle Battery METHODS OF PREVENTING

OVER-DISCHARGE

T.he following precautions must be taken to prevent over-discharging a battery. • The battery surface (particularly its top) should always be kept clean and dry. • The terminal connections should be clean and tight. • At every routine maintenance, check the electrolyte level. SEL711E

•

When the vehicle is not going to be used over a long period of time, disconnect the negative battery terminal. (If the vehicle has an extended storage switch, turn it off.)

•

Check the charge condition of the battery. Periodically check the specific gravity of the electrolyte. Keep a close check on charge condition to prevent overdischarge.

SEL459R

CHECKING ELECTROL VTE LEVEL WARNING: Do not allow battery fluid to come in contact with skin, eyes, fabrics, or painted surfaces. After touching a battery, do not touch or rub your eyes until you have thoroughly washed your hands. If the acid contacts the eyes, skin or clothing, immediately flush with water for 15 minutes and seek medical attention.

EL-25

•

BATTERY How 10 Handle Battery (Coni' d) • •

Remove the cell plug using a suitable tool. Add distilled water up to the MAX level.

SEL001K

Normal battery SUlphated battery Charging voltage ~_"'"

-----

t~

Charging voltage

Charging current , Charging current

t

SULPHATION A battery will be completely discharged if it is left unattended for a long time and the specific gravity becomes less than 1.100. This may result in sulphation on the cell plates. To find if a discharged battery has been "sulphated", pay attention to its voltage and current when charging it. As shown in the figure at left, if the battery has been "sulphated", less current and higher voltage may be observed in the initial stage of charging.

Duration of charge SEL005Z

Read top level with scale

/

Hydrometer

SPECIFIC GRAVITY CHECK 1.

Read hydrometer

and thermometer

indications

at eye level.

•

When electrolyte level is too low, tilt battery case to raise it for easy measurement.

.'\U) II~

SEL442D

Hydrometer

Thermal~n gauge ]

SEL006Z

EL-26

BATTERY How to Handle Battery (Cont'd) 2. Convert into specific gravity at 20°C (68°F). Example: • When electrolyte temperature is 35°C (95°F) and specific gravity of electrolyte is 1.230, converted specific gravity at 20°C (68°F) is 1.240. • When electrolyte temperature is O°C (32°F) and specific gravity of electrolyte is 1.210, converted specific gravity at 20°C (68°F) is 1.196. Converted specific gravity 1.30

Q)

1.28

:;

~

1.26

Q)

0-

E

l!l

1.24

Q)

>.

e0 Q)

a; <;; >,

1.22 1.20 1.18

=5

'"0,

1.16

.g U Q)

1.14

000

1.12 1.10 -30 (-22)

-20 (-4)

-10 (14)

0 (32)

10 (50)

20 (68)

Electrolyte temperature °C (OF)

30 (86)

40 (104)

50 (122) SELOO7Z

• EL-27

BATTERY Battery Test and Charging Chart Chart I

VISUAL INSPECTION • Check battery case for cracks or bends . • Check battery terminals for damage . • If the difference between the max. and min. electrolyte level in cells is within 10 mm (0.39 in), it is OK.

t

OK

NG

Replace battery.

CHECKING SPECIFIC GRAVITY Refer to "Specific Gravity Check".

I Below 1.100

SLOW CHARGE Refer to "A: Slow Charge".

1.100 - 1.220

. STANDARD CHARGE Refer to "B: Standard Charge".

CAPACITY TEST Refer to "Chart II".

Ready for use


QUICK CHARGE Refer to "C: Quick Charge".

r

Ready for use • Mount battery again and check loose terminals. Also check other related circuits.

NG

OK

G

Replace battery.

NG

K


t t K

Above 1.220

Ready for use


QUICK CHARGE Refer to "C: Quick Charge". • Time required: 45 min.

1 RECHARGE Refer to "C: Quick Charge" . • If battery temperature rises above 60°C (140°F), stop charging. Always charge battery when its temperature is below 60°C (140°F).

OK

Ready for use

OK

Ready for use

CAPACITY TEST Refer to "Chart II"

t


t

NG

Replace battery.

* "STANDARD CHARGE" is recommended if the vehicle is in storage alter charging.

EL-28

NG

Replace battery.

BATTERY Battery Test and Charging Chart (Cont'd) • Check battery type and determine the specified current using the following table. Fig. 1 DISCHARGING CURRENT

Chart II

(Load Tester) CAPACITY TEST

Test using load tester.

Follow manufacturer's instructions to check and determine if battery is serviceable, OK

Ready for use

Read load tester voltage when specified discharging current (Refer to Fig~ 1.) flows through battery for 15 seconds.

NG

Go to next step. Above 9.6 volts OK Ready for use

Type

Current (A)

28B19R(L)

90

34B19R(L)

99

46B24R(L)

135

55B24R(L)

135

50D23R(L)

150

55D23R(L)

180

65D26R(L)

195

80D26R(L)

195

75D31R(L)

210

95D31R(L)

240

115D31R(L)

240

95E41R(L)

300

130E41R(L)

330

~m

Below 9.6 volts NG

o~

Go to next step.

SEL008Z

• EL-29

BATTERY Battery Test and Charging Chart (Cont'd)

I

A: SLOW CHARGE

Determine initial charging current Irom specilic gravity relerring to Fig. 2. Fig. 2 INITIAL CHARGING CURRENT SETTING (Slow charge) • Charge battery. • Check charging voltage 30 minutes after starting the battery charge.

BATTERY TYPE CONVERTED SPECIFIC GRAVITY

2 r:r: en

~ CD

<0 N

Below 1.100

::J

if en CD '
""

4.0 (A)

2 r:r: '
::J

::J

2 "" 0"" 0

::J

if

if r:r: N

if
N

to

0

0

0

0

LO

0

LO

'
N

N

CD

CD

to to

to

5.0 (A)

N

LO

7.0 (A)

2 r:r:
N

<0

8.0 (A)

::J

r:r:

2 2 r:r:

::J

if r:r: ;;;

;;; ;;;

"-

0

0 en

to ~ ~

LO

10.0 (A)

9.0 (A)

:;

1.U LO

en

::J

if :; 1.U 0

~ "" 14.0 (A)

• Check battery type and determine the specified current using the table shown above . • After starting charging, adjustment of charging current is not necessary.

Continue to charge lor 12 hours.

Fig. 3 ADDITIONAL CHARGE (Slow charge)

Replace battery

Above 1.240

CHECKING SPECIFIC GRAVITY Reier to "Specilic Gravity Check".

Conduct additional charge as per Fig. 3. if necessary.

Charge for 5 hours at initial charging current selting.

Go to "CAPACITY TEST".

Charge lor 4 hours at initial charging current setting.

Charge lor 2 hours at initial charging current setting.

I

Go to "CAPACITY TEST"

CAUTION: • Set charging current to value specified in Fig. 2. If charger is not capable of producing specified current value, set its charging current as close to that value as possible. • Keep battery away from open flame while it is being charged. • When connecting charger, connect leads first, then turn on charger. Do not turn on charger first, as this may cause a spark. • If battery temperature rises above 60°C (140°F), stop charging. Always charge battery when its temperature is below 60°C (140°F).

EL-30

BATTERY Battery Test and Charging Chart (Cont'd)

I

B: STANDARD CHARGE

Fig. 4 INITIAL CHARGING CURRENT SETTING (Standard charge) BATTERY TYPE

Determine initial charging current from specific gravity, referring to Fig. 4.

Charge battery for 8 hours.


CONVERTED SPECIFIC GRAVITY

::J

::J

er:0>

er:0>

(')

co

co'1"

~

::J

::J

a: '1"

er:'1"

er:-

C'J

C'J

C'J

D

'1"

L!) L!)

co to

co

(')

a L!)

::J

::J

er:-

::J

::J

er:to

C'J

C'J

C'J

;:;:;

er:~

D

D

D

D

D

to

t-

O>

(')

L!) L!)

L!)

er:-

::J

er:to

a

L!)

(')

L!)

:J

er:;:;:; D

~ ~ L!)

:J

a:

:; UJ L!)

OJ

~ a: :; UJ

a

~

1.100 - 1.130

4.0 (A)

5.0 (A)

60 (A)

7.0 (A)

8.0 (A)

90 (A)

130 (A)

1.130 - 1160

30 (Al

4.0 (Al

5.0 (A)

6.0 (A)

7.0 (A)

8.0 (A)

11.0 (A)

1.160 - 1.190

2.0 (A)

3.0 (Al

4.0 (A)

5.0 (Al

6.0 (A)

7.0 (A)

9.0 (A)

1.190 - 1.220

2.0 (A)

2.0 (A)

3.0 (A)

4.0 (A)

5.0 (A)

5.0 (A)

7.0 (A)

• Check battery type and determine the specified current using the table shown above . • After starting charging, adjustment of charging current is not necessary. Fig. 5 ADDITIONAL CHARGE (Standard charge)

Conduct additional charge as per Fig. 5, if necessary.


Below 1.150

1.150 - 1.200

1.200 - 1.240

Charge for 3.5 hours at initial

Charge for 2.5 hours at initial charging current setting.

Charge for 1.5 hours at initial charging current setting.

charging current setting.

Above 1240

I


CAUTION: • Do not use standard charge method on a battery whose specific gravity is less than 1.100. • Set charging current to value specified in Fig. 4. If charger is not capable of producing specified current value, set its charging current as close to that value as possible. • Keep battery away from open flame while it is being charged. • When connecting charger, connect leads first, then turn on charger. Do not turn on charger first, as this may cause a spark. • If battery temperature rises above 60°C (140°F), stop charging. Always charge battery when its temperature is below 60°C (140°F).

EL-31

•

I

BATTERY Battery Test and Charging Chart (Cont'd) C: QUICK CHARGE Fig. 6 INITIAL CHARGING CURRENT SETTING AND CHARGING TIME (Quick charge) :::J

Determine initial charging current setting and charging time from specific gravity, referring to Fig. 6.

SATTERY TYPE

I

Charge battery.

:::J

"" "" CD

C')

10 (A)

:::J

:::J

:::J

C')

C')

C\I

N

CD C\I

Cl 0

Cl

Cl

L() L()

L()

~ ~ ~ ~ C\I

CURRENT [A]

>I-

:::J

co co ""D:l "" D:l to N

:>

:::J

~ ~ 0> 0>

N L() L()

L()

15 (A)

~

CD

:::J

d d d ~ :::J a: a: a: ;;:; ~ ;;:; ;;:; Cl ~ W Cl Cl Cl CD N

L()

0 to

L()

L()

t-

O>

20 (A)

;:

L()

0>

2.5 hours

1.130 - 1.160

2.0 hours

1.160 - 1.190

1.5 hours

1.190 - 1.220

1.0 hours

Above 1.220

0.75 hours (45 min.)

0

~ 40 (A)

30 (A)

1.100 - 1.130

:::J

~ ~ W

a:

(!J

0

u:: U

w w

0-


Cl

w Ia: w >

z

0 0

• Check battery type and determine the specified current using the table shown above . • After starting charging, adjustment of charging current is not necessary.

CAUTION: • Do not use quick charge method on a battery whose specific gravity is less than 1.100. • Set initial charging current to value specified in Fig. 6. If charger is not capable of producing specified current value, set its charging current as close to that value as possible. • Keep battery away from open flame while it is being charged. • When connecting charger, connect leads first, then turn on charger. Do not turn on charger first, as this may cause a spark. • Be careful of a rise in battery temperature because a large current flow is required during quickcharge operation. If battery temperature rises above 60°C (140°F), stop charging. Always charge battery when its temperature is below 60°C (140°F). • Do not exceed the charging time specified in Fig. 6, because charging battery over the charging time can cause deterioration of the battery.

Service Data and Specifications (SOS) GA engines

Applied model Type Capacity

V-AH

EL-32

CD20

SR20DE

26S19L

55D23L

65D26L

95D31L

34S19L

12 - 30

12 - 60

12 - 65

12 - 80

12 - 33

STARTING SYSTEM Wiring Diagram -

START -

MIl MODELS

EL-START-01

:J Refer to EL-POWEA. (1): @: @: @: @: @: ~:

LHOmode1s RHOmodels GAeng ine and SR eng ine CD engine For Europe and Israe 1 Except@ Gasoline engine models for Europe, Israel and Australia @: Except~ *1"'(1)1 , @4

ST IGNITION

SWITCH

ON

OFF

'e- .....

~

ACC

U:i=ll B/W

~~

O~

B/W ~

B/W ~Ol

-

B/W

-(Q

LB/W~B/W.J
@ ~:
BATTERY

STARTER MOTOR @TI): ~ @lID: @

~---------------------~ I

fTIN1@ ~:

: ~@

,~mID ~

W

~~

@lID:ID

R@TI)

I

W

B

•

I

~

GY

~ I

GY

~

~oo ~GY

HEL 194

EL-33

STARTING SYSTEM Wiring Diagram - START -

(Conl'd)

AIT MODELS

EL-START-02 Refer to EL-POWER.

FUSE BLOCK (JIB)

IQ~OI

@: @:

I -It 1111 -- * I lJ BR

IGNITION ST SWITCH

SA

~H"'@3 @4 *2 ...
OF

J-.

I

n

For Europe and Israel Except@ GA engine SR engine

INHIBITOR RELAY

u

I

lkjJIlbjdlffi)

B/Y

m

G/OR B/Y

B/Y~B/Y

@:~IOO:@ G/OR ~

G/OR ... G/OR

Iftn

BATTERY STARTER MOTOR ~

INHIBITOR SWITCH @g) ~~ ~

B

~

B

B

~

B

B

•

~~

r--------------------, I I~

: @@lID :

W

L

@

FmTl

tIDrnI @ @W W

Refer to last page (Foldout page) .

I I

:

:

~
T

R~

L

'.!J GY

~

~~

~~

~B

~GY

Iffi\m>

\AW

GY

HEL195

EL-34

STARTING SYSTEM Trouble Diagnoses If any abnormality

is found, immediately

disconnect battery negative terminal.

Replace magnetic switch.

Starter does not stop.

Engine does not start.

Does engine turn by cranking?

Check ignition/fuel system.

Does engine turn normally? No (Turns slowly.)

No

OK

Check battery as follows: • Charging condition • Terminal connections • Terminal corrosion

Repair starter motor.

NG

@ Does starter motor turn?

Yes

Does gear shaft turn?

No

Check pinion clutch.

No Check reduction gear, armature and gear shaft.

Check fuse and fusible link.

Replace.

OK Check battery as follows: • Charging condition • Terminal connections • Terminal corrosion

@ NG

OK Check starting system wiring.

• Charge battery . • Repair connections and corrosian of battery terminals.

Repair.

OK Does magnetic switch operation sound occur?

No

Replace magnetic switch

Yes Check condition of pinion and ring gear mesh.

OK

Does starter turn under no load by connecting wires as follows?

Yes

Replace magnetic switch.

NG

• Adjust pinion movement. • Check pinion moving mechanism . • Check ring gear.

Repair starter motor .

SELOO9Z

EL-35

•

STARTING SYSTEM Construction SEC. 233 S114-766A

r.ii1 III 7.4 - 9.8 (0.75 - 1.00, 65.1 • 86.8) ~

~6.4. 8.3 (0.65 - 0.85, 56.4 • 73.8)

~:

@ @ @ @

iii(0.17 1.7 • 2.4 _ 0.24,

14.8 • 20.8)

(0.50 - 0.65, 43.4 • 56.4)

N.m (kg-m, in-Ib)

a @: High-temperature G)

4.9 _ 6.4

grease point MEL779DA

@

Gear case Pinion assembly Shift lever Adjusting plate Magnetic switch assembly

SEC. 233

@ @

Pinion shaft Planetary gear Internal gear

@

@

Yoke

@

@

Armature

(J) @

-Magnetic

Adjusting plate ~ Plate thickness: 0.25 (0.0098) 0.50 (0.0197)

MIT72087A

Brush spring Brush H Brush holder Rear cover

switch assembly ~10

• 12 (1.0 - 1.2, 87 - 104) -Planetary

Packing Plate

0

gear

m

@

paCking

KJo ~4.4

o

- 7.1 (0.45 - 0.72, 39.1 - 62.5)

~

~

Brush holder

~m@

L

Internal g~ar

0

m@ Pinion stopper

Ii!2.5

- 4.4 (0.25 - 0.45, 21.7 - 39.1)

Yoke Unit : mm (in)

m

Ii! : N'm

(kg-m, in-Ib)

@ : High-temperature

grease point

MEL234F

EL-36

STARTING SYSTEM Construction (Cont'd) SEC. 233 M1T77281 \:;

,o42 •

0:

[Magnetic

SWitrChas:~::~ry

365 • 66.'}

gear

paCking

m@ ~4.4

-7.1

(0.45 - 0.72, 39.1 • 62.5)

~

/'

~;:/

~o

~

C)~G

~

Gear case metal Brush holder

m@ Brush spring

~2.5

- 4.4 (0.25

~:

m@:

. 0.45,

21.7 . 39.1)

Unit: mm (in) N.m (kg-m, in-Ib) lligh-temperature grease point

SEL151SA

SEC. 233

Adjusting plate

S114-769A

T::~~nc::~~g~p,a~~£~~~~~fr: Shift lever

),

Gear case assembly

0"

o

~

02,

m@

':

Magnetic switch assembly

;P

I!E!l~

~

p;o;o~,,~

(J

, (

Qo

\

~

\ ~~~

I!E!@I\.'

~

l]J

Center bracket (A)

"';0'.5'..

m

I!E!(flJ

P,",oo ,.,.

~""" Planetary gear (x3)

/_ _ Ollll!

Through bolt (x2) ~ 1i'iI14.9 • 6.4 (0.50 • 0.65, 43.4 . 56.4)

3J

~m\@R"i'7m,::

~.

'0.17 .0.24,14.'.

~oo

Yoke assembly

~

7~0 I]

Pinion stopper clip Pinion stopper

~cp

p

Connector stay

0

Center br
Armature assembly

Unit: mm (in) ~: N.m (kg-m, in-Ib) . @: High-temperature grease POint

20.'}

Rear cover assembly S-washer Brush holder assembly SEL902RA

EL-37

•

STARTING SYSTEM Construction (Cont'd) SEC. 233

Dust cover (Adjusting plate) Plate thickness: 0.5 (0.020) 0.8 (0.031)

S114.568A S114-630

•

7.4.9.8

(0.75 • 1.00. 65.1 .86.8)

• 4.9.6.4 (0.50 • 0.65. 43.4 • 56.4) E-ring

Unit: mm (in) (kg-m, in-Ib) m@ :High-temperature grease point

fj] : N.m

Field coil SEL249SC

SEC. 233

Adjusting plate Plate thickness: 0.25 (0.0098) 0.50 (0.0197)

M3T37783

Armature

IiJ 2.5 r.ilI ~ 4.4 • 7.1 (0.45 • 0.72.

- 4.4 (0.25 - 0.45. 21.7 • 39.1)

~

Gear case

Gear case metal

m@

Unit: mm (in)

fj]: N.m

m @:

(kg-m. in-Ib) High-temperature grease point

EL-38

SEL464PA


li!4.9

M2T62071A

• 6.9 (0.50 • 0.70, 43.4 - 60.8)

Center bracket Armature

gear \

Pinion stopper

Brush holder Brush H

Brush spring Brush (+) Reduction gearm@

Washer

li!2.5 • 4.4 (0.25 - 0.45, 21.7 - 39.1) SEL 153SA

• EL-39

STARTING SYSTEM Construction (Cont'd) 5EC. 233 513-305 513-331

Iil!J '.4

8

. 7.8 (0.'5 - 0.80, 56.4 - 88.4) ~

6 ~7.4. 9.8 (0.75 - 1.00, 65.1 - 86.8)

~

. N.m (kg-m, in-Ib)

m @ : High-temperature

grease point

MEL233F

CD

Bearing retainer @ Pinion shaft @ Clutch assembly @ Return spring @ Pinion stopper @ Stopper clip (J) Gear case

@ Dust cover @ Torsion spring

@ Brush (+) @) Brush spring

@) Shift lever @ Magnetic switch assembly @ Armature assembly @ Field coil @ Yoke

@ Brush H @ Brush holder

EL-40

@ Rear cover @) Through-bolt

STARTING SYSTEM Construction (Cont'd) SEC. 233 M2T61871A

~4.9. 6.9 (0.50 - 0.70, 43.4 - 60.8)

~:

EO! CBJ:

N.m (kg-m, in-Ib) High-temperature grease point

SEL554PA

G)

Pinion stopper

(J)

Holder

@

Yoke

@

Pinion assembly Gear case Pinion shaft assembly Shift lever Spring

@ @ @)

Reduction gear Washer Center bracket Magnetic switch assembly Armature

@

Brush (+) Brush spring

@ @

@ @

@ @

EL-41

@ @J

@ @

Brush H Brush holder Rear cover

•

STARTING SYSTEM Construct" IOn (Co nt' d)

b

@ Plate thickness' ; ~.25(......

ijJ325

9

.50 (0'0197)\~

7 8

•

IiiiI

.,

• 1.7. 39.1) 2

iji... 7.1 (0.4' • '.72

s;i:

"'" '.1 • 7.' (0••2.

0

...

(0.25.'0.45

'.77

39.1 • 02 ')'

ijJ 10 - 12

@

(8JB

~

':>

~

~., Jtlj)~ I~~~

IOI!Ei!@

EIl@ 6

87.104)

. <,

,

\\:~'

. ,,,'

U;it: mm (in)

[iJ: B(8J: Q) @

@ @ @ @ (j)

Sleeve bea ring . Gear case Stopper cr P' Ip p~n!on stopper mlon assembl Internal g ear Y , ShIft lever

N.m (k Hi h- g.m, in-Ib) 9 temperature grease pOint .

@ @ @) @ @ @ @

Plate Packing PI~netary gear Adjusting plate Magnetic swit h Packing c assembly

Armature Bush (+) Brush spring Brush holder Bearing Rear cover

Yoke

SEC. 233 S114-806

m iji: tj:f" N.m (kg-m, in-Ib) \!:y'

Hlgh-temp,erature greas

e POint

MEL675EA

EL-42

STARTING SYSTEM Construction (Cont'd) SEC. 233 S114-800A


Brush spring

'.

t

Brush H

Ij] 1.7

- 2.4 (0.17 - 0.24, 14.8 - 20.8)

Brush (+)

Armature

Ij]: @:

m

Ij] 6.4 - 8.3 (0.65 - 0.85, 56.4 - 73.8)

N.m (kg-m, in-Ibl High-temperature grease point SEL027UA

SEC. 233

o\:l l

Planetary gearm@


MOT80281 MOT80281ZC

.G::f 5hifll'.',\

~4.1-7..

~~

~4.4

- 7.1 (0.45 - 0.72, 39.1 - 62.S)

~~

~19

(0.42 • 0.77, 36.5 • 66.8)

l..-

44 (0.25 - 0.45, 21.7 - 39.1)

Brush holder Armature

m@ m

~: @:

N.m (kg-m, in-Ib) High-temperature grease point

Yoke SEL026UA

EL-43

•

STARTING SYSTEM Construction (Cont'd) SEC. 233 M2T49282

@Plate thickness: 0.25 (0.0098) 0.50 (0.0197)

SEL526QB

CD @ @ @ @

Gear case metal Gear case

@

Stopper clip Pinion stopper Pinion assembly

@ @

(J)

@)

SEC. 233 S114-570B ~

onnector

stay set

Torsion sprrng\ Dust cover

~

0Jl

0

)

Dust cover (Adjusting Plate Plate thickness: 0.5 (0.020) 0.8 (0.031)

6.4 - 7.8 (0.65 - 0.80, 56.4 . 69.4)

@ @ @ @

Shift lever Holder Armature Adjusting plate Magnetic switch assembly

1

@

Yoke Brush (+) Brush spring Brush (-) Rear cover

Magnetic switch assembly r~7.4

- 9.8 (0.75 - 1.00,65.1

.86.8)

0 0

0

~4.9

- 6.4 (0.50 - 0.65, 43.4 - 56.4) E-ring

Gear case metal

m@

Rear cover metal

m@

Unit : mm (in)

~:

Brush

N.m (kg-m, in-Ib)

m (8J: High.temperature

H

Brush (+)

grease point

MEL674E

EL-44


Adjusting plate Plate thickness: 0.25 (0.0098) 0.50 (0.0197)

M2T48681

Magnetic switch assembly ~

~

4.4 .7.1

4.1 • 7.6 (0.42 - 0.77, 36.5 - 66.8)

(0.45 - 0.72. 39.1 - 62.5) ~2.5

- 4.4 (0.25 - 0.45. 21.7-

39.1)

J Rear cover

Brush

~

H

Brush spring Brush (+)

Unit : mm (in) ~:

m@:

N.m (kg-m, in-Ib) High-temperature grease point MEL673E

~

~

. N.m (kg-m, ft-Ib)

31 - 42 (3.2 - 4.3, 23 - 31)

Removal and Installation

SEL909T

• EL-45

STARTING SYSTEM Magnetic Switch Check

Type 1

• Before starting to check, • Disconnect "M" terminal 1. Continuity test (between • No continuity ... Replace. 2. Continuity test (between • No continuity ... Replace.

disconnect battery ground cable. of starter motor. "S" terminal and switch body). "S" terminal

and "M"

terminal).

Type 2

Type 3

W4

Pinion/Clutch Check 1. • 2. • 3. •

Type 3

Type 2

Type 1

Inspect pinion teeth. Replace pinion if teeth are worn or damaged. (Also check condition of ring gear teeth.) Inspect reduction gear teeth. Replace reduction gear if teeth are worn or damaged. (Also check condition of armature shaft gear teeth.) Check to see if pinion locks in one direction and rotates smoothly in the opposite direction. If it locks or rotates in both directions, or unusual resistance is evident. ... Replace. Type 4

Type 5

SEL011Z

Brush Check BRUSH

- Vernier

Check wear of brush. Wear limit length: Refer to 50S (El-SO). • Excessive wear ... Replace.

caliper

SEL014Z

EL-46

STARTING SYSTEM Brush Check (Conl'd) BRUSH SPRING PRESSURE

/

Brush spring

Check brush spring pressure with brush spring brush. Spring pressure (with new brush): Refer to SOS (EL-50). e Not within the specified values ... Replace.

detached from

Brush

SEL015Z

BRUSH HOLDER

Type 1

1.

Perform insulation test between brush holder (positive side) and its base (negative side). e. Continuity exists .... Replace. 2. Check brush to see if it moves smoothly. e If brush holder is bent, replace it; if sliding surface is dirty, clean. Type 2

Type 3

SEL016Z

Yoke Check

Type 1

Magnet is secured to yoke by bonding agent. Check magnet to see that it is secured to yoke and for any cracks. Replace malfunctioning parts as an assembly. Holder may move slightly as it is only inserted and not bonded. CAUTION: Do not clamp yoke in a vice or strike it with a hammer .

•

Type 2

SEL018Z

EL-47

STARTING SYSTEM Armature Check 1. • 2. •

Continuity test (b No continuit etween two segm . Insulation t Y ... Replace. ents sIde by side) C . . est (between . eplace. commutato r bar and shaft). ontlnulty exists .... Reach

SEL019Z

•3. Check Rough comm S ut a~or surface. ... and lightly with N0.500 - 600 emery paper.

4. Check diameter of Commutator ml" "commutator.

•

mmum dia meter: R e f er to SOS (EL Less than spe CI'f'led value -50) . ... Replace.

Vernier caliper

SEL021Z

5. Check depth of . • Less than 0 2 Insulating mold from (0.020 to 003'1 ~m) commutator . In (0.008 in) ... Undercut to 0.5 tosurface 0.8 m'm

Round

0.5 - 0.8 ,;,;;

~""I Correct

~File

~

Commutator

SEL022Z

EL-48

STARTING SYSTEM Assembly Apply high-temperature grease to lubricate the bearing, gears and frictional surface when assembling the starter. Carefully observe the following instructions.

PINION PROTRUSION

LENGTH ADJUSTMENT

With pinion driven out by magnetic switch, push pinion back to remove slack and measure clearance''£'' between the front edge of the pinion and the pinion stopper. Clearance "-E": Refer to 50S (EL-SO).

[ ,,

"T"

I

-L.

Clearance "

!2 "

SEL026Z

,.

Type 1

•

~"'ti"g

Type 2

Not in the specified

value .., Adjust by adjusting

plate.

pl."

~

~o'IJ III III

~ A:iusting

Type 3

plate

,.~ ~.Adjusting

plate

•

SEL029Z

EL-49

STARTING SYSTEM Service Data and Specifications (SDS) STARTER S114-766A Type

M1T72087A

HITACHI

M1T77281

S114-769A

MITSUBISHI

S114-630

M3T37783

HITACHI

M2T62071A

S13-305

HITACHI

MITSUBISHI Non-reduction

Reduction

S13-331

M2T61871A MITSUBISHI

Reduction

Europe Applied model

GA engines CD20 A/T

System voltage

MIT

12

V

No-load Terminal

voltage

11.0

V

11.0

115 Less than 105

Less than 140

Less than 110

More than 4,030

More than 3,900

More than 4,100

A

Less than 85

50 - 75

Less than 85

rpm

More than 2,950

3,000 - 4,000

More than 2,950

More than 7,000

Minimum diameter of commutator mm (in)

28.0 (1,102)

28.8 (1.134)

28.0 (1,102)

39.0 (1.535)

31.4 (1.236)

35.5 (1.398)

31.4 (1236)

Minimum of brush

10.5 (0.413)

12.0 (0.472)

10.5 (0.413)

11.0 (0.433)

11.5 (0.453)

11.0 (0.433)

11.5 (0.453)

Brush spring tension N (kg, Ib)

16.2 (1.65, 3.64)

13.7 - 25.5 (1.4 - 2.6, 3.1 - 5.7)

14.7 - 17.7 (1.5 - 1.8, 3.3 - 4.0)

17.7 21.6 (1.8 - 2.2, 4.0 - 4.9)

13.7 - 25.5 (1.4 - 2.6, 3.1 - 5.7)

28.4 - 34.3 (2.90 3.50, 6.38 - 7.71)

13.7 - 25.5 (1.4 - 2.6, 3.1 - 5.7)

Clearance between bearing metal and armature shaft mm (in)

Less than 0.2 (0.008)

-

Less than 0.2 (0.008)

Clearance 'T' between pinion front edge and pinion mm (in) stopper

0.3 - 2.5 (0.012 0.098)

Current

Revolution

length mm (in)

Movement 'T' in height of pinion assembly mm (in)

-

Less than 0.2 (0.008)

0.5 - 2.0 (0.020 - 0.079)

Less than 60

0.3 - 2.5 (0.012 - 0.098)

More than 6,500

-

0.5 - 2.0 (0.020 0.079)

-

0.5 - 2.0 (0.020 0.079)

-

EL-50

0.3 - 2.0 0.3 - 0.8 (0.012 - (0.012 0.079) 0.031)

-

-

-

0.3 - 1.5 (0.012 0.059)

STARTING SYSTEM Service Data and Specifications (SOS) (Co nt' d) M1T72985A

S114-806

MITSUBISH I

Type

S114-800A

MOT80281ZC

HITACHI

I MOT80281

M2T49282

S114-568A

MITSUBISHI

I S114-570B

M2T48681 MITSUBISHI

HITACHI Non-reduction

Reduction

RHD Except Europe and Australia

Australia

GA engines

Applied model SR20DE A/T System voltage

I

M/T

AIT

12

V

No-load Terminal

voltage

Current

11.5

11.0

V

Less than 53

Less than 90

Less than 60

Less than 53

A

50 - 75

rpm

3,000 4,000

Minimum diameter of commutator mm (in)

28.8 (1.134)

280 (1.102)

28.8 (1.134)

314 (1.236)

28.0 (1.102)

314 (1236)

Minimum of brush

12.0 (0472)

10.5 (0413)

7.0 (0.276)

11.5 (0453)

90 (0.354)

11.5 (0453)

13.7 - 25.5 (14 - 2.6, 3.1-5.7)

12.7 - 17.7 (1.3 - 1.8, 2.9 - 4.0)

11.77 - 23.53 (1.2 - 24, 2.6 - 5.3)

13.7 - 25.5 (14 - 2.6, 3.1 - 5.7)

9.8 - 13.7 (1.0 - 14, 2.2 - 31)

137 - 25.5 (1.4 - 2.6, 3.1 .5.7)

0.3 - 2.5 (0.012 - 0.098)

0.5 - 2.0 (0.020 0.079)

Revolution

length mm (in)

Brush spring tension N (kg, Ib)

More than 2,700

.

Clearance between bearing metal and armature shaft mm (in) Clearance" C" between pinion front edge and pinion mm (in) stopper

More than 2,750

Less than 0.2 (0.008)

0.5 - 2.0 (0.020 0.079)

0.3 - 25 (0.012 - 0.098)

05 - 2.0 (0.020 - 0.079)

Movement 'T' in heigh\. at pinion assembly

More than 6,000

mm (in)

• EL-51

CHARGING SYSTEM Wiring Diagram GASOLINE

-

CHARGE -

ENGINE MODELS

EL-CHARGE-01 IGNITION SWITCH ON or START

FUSIBLE Refer to LINK AND EL-POWER. FUSE BOX 7.5A

mJ

lOA

FUSE BLOCK

[]]

(JIB)

~

1~11

~ ~

I~ Y

METER COMBINATION (CHARGE WARNING LAMP)

RIB

(M30)

~

1*.31 Y/R

2

~

Y/R

-ee-~

JOINT CONNECTOR-l~

()~

~

(0: @: @: @: @: @:

()-ID-I Y/R

In-'

Irku@

RIB ~ ~ ~ @D

IJ¥!I

RIB

R/B@@

LHD models RHO models AIT models MIT models For Europe Except@

~ ~

~ Y/R

~

Refer to EL-POWER.

R/B@@ ,..,JI,., ~ (E26) '"T-' ~ (E201) (E203)YIR

4

I

EU

JOINT ~gNNECTOR @l

<;>

{(100

Iy~I

Y/R ~~ ~@jg)

Y/R

RIB

m

n1-lI

., B

! ALTERNATOR ~

~

@: @:

GA engine SR engine @: With tachometer @: Without tachometer ~f1"'@ *2 *3

@30 @40

6,@ B , @40 , @ 3

@QID

~

~-------------------------------,


L

@,
j

~ ~~

~~,~

~~~@D

~BR

~

B

~

B

rn::rm

B

GY

m~,

r-----------------,

:~~~~~~: 11m I L

~

GY

ISI

~~ I jI

~OR

HEL 196

EL-52

CHARGING SYSTEM Wiring Diagram - CHARGE -

(Cont'd)

DIESEL ENGINE MODELS

EL-CHARGE-02 10A

[]] Refer to EL-POWER.

FUSE

BLOCK (JIB)

Refer to EL-POWER.

I N~ll

IJ Y

---:l,7.5A ljJOO

(1): LHO models @: RHO models

COMBlNA METER TION (CHARGE WARNING ~ LAMP) I ~ JOINT Y/R CONNECTOR-1~

RIB

I

f-
O~

~ RIB

I

RIB

,c!J, ~

,ell, ~

RIB

RIB

'T"~

'T"~

<;>

I

J~

Y/R

~--~

Y/R

1

Y/R ,c:r eMB) l
Y/R ~ eMB)

IQl::!J

I~I

Y/R

Y/R

1~lm 'T" eE202)

IclJl~

'T" ~

t~;..-__ Y/R

Y/R

I

I

RIB

Y/R

1m,

U+JI

., ALTERNATOR ~

~

B

~

! ~ Refer to last page (Foldout page) .

~@QJ) ~ GY

~~

aID
~GY

r-----------------, :~ ~

,R.. ~

I ~ I L

\b:.@

GY

~ ~:

lSJ

~

I ~I

mz:l]:l

~

B

CillIillIillTII ~

~

BR

HEL 197

EL-53

•

CHARGING SYSTEM Trouble Diagnoses Before conducting an alternator test, make sure that the battery is fully charged. A 3D-volt voltmeter and suitable test probes are necessary for the test. The alternator can be checked easily by referring to the Inspection Table. Before starting, inspect the fusible link.

WITH Ie REGULATOR With alternator side L terminal grounded. internal short occurs when + diode is short-circuited.

@ Light "OFF"

Ignition switch "ON"

Light "ON"

Disconnect connector (S, L) and ground L lead wire.

'See 4) for grounding F terminal.

(HITACHI make)

Connect connector (S, L) and ground F terminal

(MITSUBISHI make)

Dim light Light flickers Bright light Light "ON

Burned-out bulb. Replace and proceed to "@".

Light "ON"

Check or replace drive belt.

Light "OFF"

Engine speed: 1,500 rpm Lighting switch "ON"

1) 2)

Light "ON"

Light "OFF"

Use fully charged battery. light: Charge warning light ACG : Alternator parts except I'C regulator IC-RG : IC regulator OK : IC-alternator is in good condition. 3) When reaching "Damaged ACG", remove alternator from vehicle and disassembly, inspect and correct or replace faulty parts. 4) *Method of grounding F terminal (HITACHI make only) Gasoline engine model Contact tip of wire with brush and attach wire to alternator body.

Engine speed: 1,500 rpm (Measure B terminal voltage) Make sure connector (S, L) is connected correctly.

~~~

;;z..'~~.~ ~~/j S$.~~' s<(r~, ;;.. ~ ~.. ~

Q<:::z"d,l'T7. ~-)o,IJ!"-f/

- -~~

C); 0 ~~/

'~-/i

~-,

-~j~n

-

~

<::::;

- Brush lift wire

-~

\

~

•

'" 1A/-' SEL030Z

5)

Terminals "S", "l", "B" and "E" are marked on rear cover of alternator.

EL-54

:====

~C~H~A~R~G=I~N=G~S~Y~S!:!T!E~M!...---Construction

SE~C:-. =23=-:.-1----A5T06891

Bearing retainer

iii 3.9

• 5.4 (0.40 • • 47.7)' 055 34.7

Front bearing

F'om

'O~I

~mb'~

~~~

f

PJ

Diode assembly

83.108 (8.5 • 11.0, 61 • 80)

IC voltage regulator assembly

1iJ: N.m

Stator

~

(kg-m, in-Ib) : N.m (kg-m, ft-lb) SEL252SC

IiJ3.1 • 3.9 (0.32 • 0.40, 278.•

34.7)

Rotor

Retainer Front bearing Front cover PUlley assembly 1iI3.1

• 3.9• (0.32 - 0.40' 278 . - 34.7) 37

I C regulator assembly

R." _'"

::;

,

@J'

1i1(0.38.0.51, . • 5.0

33.0 .44.3)

.

•

(5.0 • 6.5, 36 • 47)

~: N.m (kg-m, in-Ib) ~_... N.m (kg-m, ft-Ib) SEL156SB

EL-55

CHARGING SYSTE Constr uct"Ion (Cont'd) M SEC. 231 LR170-746E

3.14.39 .

~

Stator

(0.320 • 0.398• 27.8 • 34.5)

Slip ring

RO'O'1 ~3.14

- 3.9 (03 . 20 - 0.398• 27.8 - 34.5) ~ Retainer

\

7.8.10.8 (0.80 • 1.10 • 69 .4 - 95.5)

Front bearing

~

@

Front cover

@,

@~

~~ ~~

~#Y

o

Brush

~

L

3.14.3.9 (0.320 - 0.398 .~8-34~

O lode assembly

•

l

IC regul ator assembly

N.m (kg-m, in-Ib)

~. ~,N.m

Condenser

(kg-m, ft-Ib)

SEC. 231 A2T82491A [ij3.9 - 5.4 (0.40 - 0.55 , 34 .7.47.7~

~

\~ A83.108

(8.5 • 11, 61 .80)

1jJ: N.m ~. N ~_.. .

(kg-m, in-Ib) .m (kg-m, ft-Ib) MEL782DB

Pulley assembly Front cover Front bearing Bearing retainer

@

Rotor

@ R ear (J)

bearing Stator

EL-56

@ @

Ie voltage reg I Diode assemb~ ator assembly

@)

Rear cover

CHARGING SYSTEM ~

: N.m (kg-m, ft-Ib)

Removal and Installation

SEL910T

Disassembly REAR COVER REMOVAL C~UTION: Rear cover lock outer cover, heat Do not use

may be hard to remove because a ring is used to race of rear bearing. To facilitate removal of rear just bearing box section with a 200W soldering iron. a heat gun, as it can damage diode assembly.

SEL032Z

REAR BEARING CAUTION: • Do not reuse

rear bearing

after removal.

Replace

with a

new one. •

Do not lubricate

rear bearing outer race.

Rotor Check 1.

2. 3.

Resistance test Resistance: Refer to SOS (EL-61). • Not within the specified values ... Replace rotor. Insulator test • Continuity exists ... Replace rotor. Check slip ring for wear. Slip ring minimum outer diameter: Refer to SOS (EL-61). • Not within the specified values ... Replace rotor .

SEL033Z

EL-57

•

CHARGING SYSTEM Brush Check

Type 1

1. Check smooth movement of brush. • Not smooth ... Check brush holder and clean. 2. Check brush for wear. • Replace brush if it is worn down to the limit line.

Type 2 Brush wear limit line

SEL034Z

Stator Check

Type 1

1. Continuity test • No continuity ... Replace stator. 2. Ground test • Continuity exists ... Replace stator.

Type 2

I I

------_~ I

SEL037Z

EL-58

CHARGING SYSTEM Diode Check MAIN DIODES • •

Use an ohmmeter to check condition of diodes as indicated in chart below. If any of the test results is not satisfactory, replace diode assembly. Ohmmeter probes Positive EB

Negative

Judgement

e

Positive diode plate

Diode terminals

Diode terminals


Negative diode plate

Diode terminals

Diode terminals


Diodes check (Positive side)

Diodes check (Negative side)

Diode conducts in only one direction. Diode conducts in only one direction.

Type 4

Type 1

Sub-diodes

Type 2

Type 5 Negative diode plate


Type 6


\ \

Type 3

Negative diode plate Diode terminals

(Stator side) SEL039Z

EL-59

•

CHARGING SYSTEM Amount of protrusion: Fix ring at the position OfR~~wnlmumprotrusion.

~... ~~

,,,,' ,

- ,'.:' ,

Eccentric

'

Assembly RING FITTING IN REAR BEARING •

.

\

; .',

"

<-'>/

Fix ring into groove in rear bearing so that it is as close to the adjacent area as possible.

CAUTION: Do not reuse rear bearing

groovy

after removal.

Rear bearing SEL044Z

REAR COVER INSTALLATION (1) Fit brush assembly, diode assembly, regulator assembly and stator. (2) Push brushes up with fingers and install them to rotor. Take care not to damage

SEL048Z

SEl049Z

EL-60

slip ring sliding surface.

CHARGING SYSTEM Service Data and Specifications (SOS)

ALTERNATOR A5T06891

LR170-746E

LR170-504B

A2T82491A

Type MITSUBISHI

HITACHI

GA engines

Applied model V-A

Nominal rating

12-70

SR20DE 12-80

Negative

Ground polarity Minimum revolutions under no-load (when 13.5V is applied) rpm Hot output current (When 13.5V is applied)

.

Less than 1,300

21/1,300 50/2,500

A/rpm Regulated output voltage

Less than 1,000

More than More than More than

Minimum brush

MITSUBISHI CD20

27/1,300

More than

More than 56/2,500

More than 67/5,000

More than

More than 22/1,300

More than 65/2,500

66/5,000

14.1 - 14.7

V

length of mm (in)

More than

22/1,300 50/2,500

Less than 1,300

6.0 (0.236)

50(0.197)

5.0 (0.197)

Brush spring pressure N (g, oz)

4.609 - 5.786 (470 - 590, 16.58 - 20.81)

1.0 - 343 (102 - 350, 3.60 - 12.34)

0.92 - 328 (94 - 334, 332 - 11.78)

4.609 - 5.786 (470 - 590, 16.58 - 20.81)

Slip ring minimum diameter mm (in)

221 (0.870)

26.0 (1.024)

31.6 (1.244)

221 (0.870)

2.5 - 2.9

258

48

24 - 29

Rotor coil resistance 20'C (68'F)

at

n

• EL-61

COMBINATION

SWITCH

Combination Switch/Check FOR EUROPE AND ISRAEL

REAR WIPER AND WASHER ON WIPER

WASH~INT ....
LIGHT ,-A--..

A

WASH

~

III

2ND

B

1~~

~ C

HI

OFF

L

@JEij (Turn)

(Rear wiper and washer)

(Rear fog lamp)

LIGHTING I~,

A

-

2ND B


C

r.

5 6 7

8 9 10 11 12 25

SWITCH

OFF 1ST A B C A B C

6

010 616

TURN SIGNAL SWITCH

WI

0 -~

0 6


INTERMITTENT WiPER VOLUME

HORN SWITCH (Without air bag)

HEL011

EL-62

COMBINATION SWITCH Combination Switch/Check (Cont'd) EXCEPT FOR EUROPE AND ISRAEL

L

lJ

REAR WIPER AND WASHER ON

LIGHT

~

£0, ' 'B

N

INT

1ST

OFF WASH

WASH~ FRONT WIPER AND WASHER

0

[)

~ C

OFF

R

~

°i ~ INT

VOLUME~

~

WASH LO

~ HI

:::::.------+

fl9

(Rear wiper and washer)

~

~

(Turn)

(Horn)

LIGHTING

~ \A

5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12


SWITCH

2ND OFF 1ST B C A B CAB C

0 6

166

6

n

n

:>

6

,""

OFF INT

13 0 14 6 15 16 17 18

LO

HI


WASH

WASH OFF INT ON WASH

21

22 23 0

6

24 0

6

INTERMITTENT WIPER VOLUME

•

TURN SIGNAL SWITCH

II

HORN SWITCH (Without air bag)

HEL012

EL-63

COMBINATION

SWITCH

Replacement For removing/installing air bag module and spiral cable, refer to RS section.

\ Wiper and washer switch

•

Each switch can be replaced without removing switch base.

•

To remove combination screw.

~I!!.t:~ ~~

.~

combination

Switch base

MEL612D

MEL613D

EL-64

switch base. remove base attaching

HEADLAMP -, Without Daytime Light System Wiring Diagram -

H/LAMP -

EL-H/LAMP-01

I

BATTERY

•

I Refer

~

4-11391 R

m

to

EL-POWER.

15A ~

15'

R/W

rrtil

--2NO----

2ND

OFF'-.- ....

1ST HIGH

PASS PASS - -PASS - PASS ,LOW .. ,LOW" , LOW , LOW .... HIGH .... HIGH -.-.... HIGH -.- ....

HEADLAMP RH

~~

~

HIGH

R/G P!L

a- R/G.:JJ ~B

LOW ~P/L

LOW

HEADLAMP LH

~

lbi=IJ~

R/B R/Y

.-

~~ R/y-I B-. ,..-., i]- R/B-

HIGH

LIGHTING SWITCH (EtO])

B

B

~ (ffil

~ @!)

-

•

R/B ~

Next

page

@: For Europe and Israe 1 @: Except @

•

r---------------------,

J3L
[ITgJ]

B

'

B

~---------------------~

HEL013

EL-65

HEADLAMP -

Without Daytime Light System Wiring Diagram - H/LAMP - (Cont'd)

EL-H/LAMP-02 Preceding

~

RIB

L.

-o~

page

R

RIB ~

RIB

RIB

~ ~o R

<:BID

i!i RIB

METER C~INATION (HIGH BEAM INDICATOR)

I*fl

@

8

@

I

B

1 JOINT CONNECTOR-1

~ ~ ~ 8

:

I

LHD models

@: RHO models

e-o-ee-o--,

@: With tachometer

I <:

@:

Without tachometer JU."@ 14 , @ 38 *2."@ 15 , @ 37

8

R

:>

8

I B

1 t-~ 1

@@

r---------------------------------~

ITITIilllIIIIIl

8

I

~


@

~BR

HEL014

EL-66

HEADLAMP -. Without Daytime Light System Trouble Diagnoses Symptom LH headlamps do not operate.

1. Bulb 2. LH headlamp ground 3. 15A fuse 4. Lighting switch

RH headlamps do not operate.

1. Bulb 2. RH headlamp ground 3

15A fuse

4. Lighting switch LH high beam does not operate, 1. Bulb . but LH low beam operates. 2. Open in LH high beam circuit 3. Lighting switch LH low beam does not operate, 1. Bulb but LH high beam operates. 2. Open in LH low beam circuit 3. Lighting switch RH high beam does not operate, 1. Bulb. but RH low beam operates. 2. Open in RH high beam circuit 3. Lighting switch.

_.

RH low beam does not operate, 1. Bulb but RH high beam operates. 2. Open in RH low beam circuit

does

1. Check bulb. 2. Check LH headlamp ground. (Terminal @) 3. Check 15A fuse (No. @ill , located in fusible link and fuse box). 4. Check lighting switch. 1. Check bulb. 2. Check RH headlamp ground. (Terminal @) 3. Check 15A fuse (No. ~ , located in fusible link and fuse box). 4. Check lighting switch. 1. Check bulb. Check RIB wire between lighting switch and LH head lamp for an open circuit. 3. Check lighting switch.

r,

L.

1. Check bulb. 2. Check R/Y wire between lighting switch and LH headlamp for an open circuit. 3. Check lighting switch. 1. Check bulb. 2. Check RIG wire between lighting switch and RH headlamp for an open circuit. 3. Check lighting switch. 1. Check bulb. 2. Check P/L wire between lighting switch and RH head lamp for an open circuit. 3. Check lighting switch.

3. Lighting switch High beam indicator work.

Repair order

Possible cause

not 1. Bulb 2. High beam indicator ground 3. Open in high beam circuit

1. Check bulb in combination meter. 2. Check combination meter ground. [Terminal @ (with tachometer) or @ (without tachometer)] 3. Check RIB wire between lighting switch and combination meter for an open circuit.

• EL-67

HEADLAMP -

Daytime Light System -

Operation (Daytime light system) The headlamps' low beam and clearance, license, tail and illumination lamps automatically turn on after starting the engine with lighting switch in "OFF" position. Lighting switch operations other than the above are the same as conventional light systems. With engine stopped

Engine OFF

1ST

With engine running OFF

2ND

1ST

2ND

Lighting switch High beam

A

B

C

A

B

C

A

B

C

A

B

C

A

B

C

A

X

X

0

X

X

0

0

X

0

X

X

0

X

X

0

0

X

X

X

0

0

0

0

0

Headlamp Low beam Clearance and tail lamp License and instrument illumination lamp

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

0

X

0

()

X

X

X

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

X

0

0

0

0

X

X

0: Lamp "ON" X: Lamp "OFF" Added functions

o:

EL-68

0

0

0

0

0

B

C

0

X

0

X

()

X

0

0

0

0

0

()

0

0

HEADLAMP -


System Description The headlamp system on vehicles for North Europe contains a daytime light unit. The unit activates the following whenever the engine is running with the lighting switch in the OFF position: • Low beam head lamps • Clearance, license, tail and illumination lamps Power is supplied at all times • through 15A fuse (No. @ill , located in the fusible link and fuse box) • to daytime light unit terminal @ and • to lighting switch terminal @. Power is also supplied at all times • through 15A fuse (No. ~ , located in the fusible link and fuse box) • to daytime light unit terminal CID and • to lighting switch terminal CID. Power is also supplied at all times • through 10A fuse (No. ~ , located in the fusible link and fuse box) • to daytime light unit terminal CD and • to lighting switch terminal @. With the ignition switch in the ON or START position, power is supplied • through 10A fuse (No. ~ , located in the fuse block) • to daytime light unit terminal (]). With the ignition switch in the START position, power is supplied • through 7.5A fuse (No. l2~ , located in the fuse block) • to daytime light unit terminal @. Ground is supplied to daytime light unit terminal @ through body grounds @ and @D.

HEADLAMP

OPERATION

(Daytime light cancel operation)

Power is supplied at all times • through 10A fuse (No. ~ , located in the fuse and fusible link box) • to lighting switch terminal @. When the lighting switch is turned to the 1st or 2nd position • through lighting switch terminal @, • to daytime light unit terminal @. Then daytime light will be canceled. And the lighting system operation will be the same as no daytime light system.

DAYTIME LIGHT OPERATION With the engine running and the lighting switch in the OFF position, power is supplied • from alternator terminal CI> • to daytime light unit terminal @ • to daytime light unit terminal @ • through daytime light unit terminal CID • to terminal @) of LH headlamp • to daytime light unit terminal CID • through daytime light unit terminal @ • to terminal @) of RH headlamp • to daytime light unit terminal CD • through daytime light unit terminal @) • to tail lamp and illumination. Ground is supplied to terminal @ of each headlamp through body grounds @ and @D. Ground is also supplied to terminal @ of daytime light unit through body grounds @ and @D.

EL-69

•

HEADlAMP

-

Daytime light System -

Schematic

HEADLAMP RH High

Low HIGH BEAM INDICATOR

HEADLAMP LH High

Low

ill

UJ ::J

..,;

..,;

Ul

'J

0 ..,;

.c

LL

WO (fl .....

C+'

w
ill

>-

IT

..-1.rl

UJ ::J

,...,E

LL

W"'"

.::J

ill II-

u.-. c .....

«

m

<0

IH Z ::J

ill

UJ ::J LL

LD

w
..... E OlUlU

I (9 H

I U I-

H

3:

UJ

I-+,"'"

--l

IJJ UJ ::J

IJJ ::E H I-

LL

>-

Z

«

0

H 1-1HIT Z« (91HUJ

(fl

u,...,0.

l-

0

IJJ UJ ::J

01

LL

aJ

I U

IH

ill

3:1-

::J LL

UJIT « ZIOUJ H I-L HO Z (9Z HO

IT 0

UJ

I-

« Z IT IJJ

(9 IJJZ (9H ITZCL «IT::E I««

I--l

«

U3:--l

HEL015

El-70

HEADlAMP

-


Wiring Diagram -

DTRl -

EL-DTRL-01

I BATTERY I

rr::-J;::-'Jl W~I ~I~ B/R

10A

IT]

15A

Y

••

R~W :}

1

----B/R~

~ GS ~

COMBINATION METER (CHARGE WARNING LAMP) ~ ~

~

Y IR

rn

I ~g~~~CTOR

B/Y

IfWlJCMID 11:1~ B/Y

-1

@

~ Y IR

.

II~IQID 1

T-' (EiQD Y IR ~ .'-----

m

TAIL FUSE

Next page

Y

GS

B/R

~

R/W

I• !

Refer to EL-POWER.

(JIB) (£106)

~1401

R

FUSE BLOCK

B/Y

R/W

R

m

m FUSE

Y

IGN

ST

• IR

ALT -L

Y IR *1

m

m

m

LH FUSE

RH

BR

@: Gasoline engine @: With tachometer @: Without tachometer

*2

-{9> Next

page

@ 30 @ @ 40 '@ ,

40

3

DA YTIME LIGHT UNIT (El1B)

L

~

~---------------------, I

:

~

(~ITB)

~

(E119)

I

:

I~GY~GYI I L

~I

~~

~

BR

HEL016

El-71

•

HEADLAMP - Daytime Light System Wiring Diagram - DTRL - (Cont'd)

I

EL-DTRL-02 ~ RIW Preceding ~----Bt- R page { ~ BIR

==I

I

-------------R

LIGHTING SWITCH

m

BIR

rn

--2NO---

@: CD engine @: GA and SR engine

RIW

Irf1iI

--2ND--------------

2ND

OFF- .......

1ST HIGH

PASS

PASS

-

-PASS - -

PASS

'-LOW --HIGH '-LOW __ '-LOW '-LOW _.... _.... HIGH -.......HIGH - .......

Preceding .....-;::;1. page ~ YIR

1

~~ RIG PIL

1biJJ~ RIB RIY

~@ID=r IctJl Y/R

RIL

.....

~t L._._eI YIR

~

I R/Y

YIR

1r1J1 ~ =r~

RIG ~

e--II-

Y/R

tJ

It

RIY

m

Y/R

d

PIL

-@>

Next

page

RIB ~

PIL

I

lit>

m

t

DIMMER LAMP OUTPUT

DIMMER LAMP OUTPUT

RH

LH

RIL

wf1] TAIL LAMP SW

DAYTIME LIGHT UNIT ~

(ffiID

ALTERNATOR ~

Ffm~ ffi GY

~~ ~B

r---------------------, I

(~)

I

@lID

:

~

GY

I

~

I L

@ID

GY

~ \llLt:W

I

I

~

HEl017

EL-72

HEADLAMP - Daytime Light System Wiring Diagram - DTRL - (Cont'd)

EL-DTRL-03 DAYTIME LIGHT UNIT GND ~

~

RIB

B

~

Preceding page

~

R/Y

<&

RIG

~

PIL

(ffiID

TAIL LAMP OUTPUT

To clearance. license. tail and illumination lamps

.

-.

-.- -- -- -

RIB

I RIB

!(J

BQ R/Y JD

1r$J1~ @

HIGH HEADLAMP LH LOW

m

RIB

Iit"S

INATION

METER (HIGH BEAM INDICATOR)

1*':' ~ B @

W

JOINT CONNECTOR-1

.-

!(J sQ

RIG

PIL

JD

HIGH HEADLAMP RH

LOW

~

1bjJ~

,.., ,.., B

I

B

B

~

~

(M28)

~

B

~ @~

@: With tachometer @: Without tachometer *3"'@ 14 , @ 38

S

*4"'@15

~

, @37


~(ffiID ~GY

~~m B

[]]JgJ]

'

8

I1IillIillIITil ~ ~

SR

HEL018

EL-73

•

HEADLAMP -


Trouble Diagnoses (Daytime Light) DAYTIME LIGHT CONTROL (Input/output Terminal No.

operation

UNIT INSPECTION TABLE

signal)

Connections

INPUT (1)/ OUTPUT (0)

Operated condition

Voltage (V) (Approximate values)

1

Power source for illumination & tail lamp

-

-

12

2

Power source for head lamp LH

-

-

12

3

Power source for head lamp RH

-

-

12

ON (daytime light operating')

12

4

Headlamp RH

0 OFF

0

ON (daytime light operating') 5

Headlamp LH

OFF 6

7

8

Start signal

Power source Alternator "L" terminal

I

-

Ground

-

10

Illumination & tail lamp

0

Lighting switch

0 START

12

ON, ACC or OFF

0

ON or START

12

ACC or OFF

0

Running

12

Stopped

0

Ignition switch

Ignition switch

I

9

11

12

0

Engine

ON (daytime light operating')

12

OFF

0

1ST.2ND position

12

OFF

0

I

': Daytime light operating: Lighting switch in "OFF" position with engine running.

EL-74

HEADLAMP

Bulb cover

Bulb Replacement The headlamp is a semi-sealed beam type which uses a replaceable halogen bulb. The bulb can be replaced from the engine compartment side without removing the headlamp body. • Grasp only the plastic base when handling the bulb. Never touch the glass envelope. 1. Disconnect the battery cable. 2. Disconnect the harness connector from the back side of the bulb. 3. Turn the bulb retaining ring counterclockwise until it is free from the headlamp reflector, and then remove it. 4. Pull off the rubber cap. 5. Remove the headlamp bulb carefully. Do not shake or rotate the bulb when removing it. 6. Install in the reverse order of removal. CAUTION: • Do not leave head lamp reflector without bulb for a long period of time. Dust, moisture, smoke, etc. entering headlamp body may affect the performance of the head lamp. Remove headlamp bulb from the head lamp reflector just before a replacement bulb is installed.

SEL995K

Bulb Specifications Item Semi-sealed beam High/Low

Wattage (W)

60/55

Aiming Adjustment When performing head lamp aiming adjustment, use an aiming machine, aiming wall screen or headlamp tester. Aimers should be in good repair, calibrated and operated in accordance with respective operation manuals. If any aimer is not available, aiming adjustment can be done as follows: For details, refer to the regulations in your own country. CAUTION: • Keep all tires inflated to correct pressures. • Place vehicle and tester on one and same flat surface. • See that vehicle is unloaded (except for full levels of coolant, engine oil and fuel, and spare tire, jack and tools). Have the driver or equivalent weight placed in driver's seat.

f>

CAUTION: Be sure aiming switch is set to "0" when performing aiming adjustment on vehicles equipped with head lamp aiming control.

to

3 2 1 0 ~ nOD

o

SEL226P

EL-75

•

HEADLAMP Aiming Adjustment (Cont'd) LOW BEAM 1. Turn headlamp low beam on. 2. Use adjusting screws to perform aiming adjustment. • First tighten the adjusting screw all the way and then make adjustment by loosening the screw.

Up and down adjusting screw ,

"H":

\

,

MEL614D

I /

•

Adjust headlamps so that main axis of light is parallel to center line of body and is aligned with point P shown in illustration. • Figure to the left shows head lamp aiming pattern for driving on right side of road; for driving on left side of road, aiming pattern is reversed. • Dotted lines in illustration show center of head lamp. "H": Horizontal center line of headlamps "WL": Distance between each head lamp center "l": 5,000 mm (196.85 in) "e": 65 mm (2.56 in)

Horizontal center line of headlamps

Vertical centerline ahead of headlamps -

Height of lamp centers

f

P

I \

/~

d

= ACCEPTABLE RANGE SEL2541

EL-76

HEADLAMP -

Headlamp Aiming Control Wiring Diagram -

AIM -

LHD MODELS

EL-AIM-01 FUSE BLOCK

Refer to EL-POWER.

(JIB) CE106)

(HOD

.....

WIG ~~

.....

WIG -----

~bBIR ------ ..... r=B/L~&B/L ..... BIR

I~

AI. ~1~

AI. -----

WIG ~

BIR ~ Next page B/L ~ RIW

-w>

.I-.I=.I=.I~:.:--==--~=I-I 1-" P

WIG

HEAOLAMP AIMING BIR B/L RIW MOTOR LH

mmmrnm~

~

\A:tW

(EAS)

GY

GY

P

WIG

HEADLAMP AIMING BIR B/L R/W MOTOR RH

mm~rnm

~


HEL019

EL-77

•

HEADLAMP -

Headlamp Aiming Control Wiring Diagram - AIM - (Cont'd)

EL-AIM-02

I BATTERY I •

~-113.0:.1----t!J r~AI BIR

*1

~

@

RIG

rn

0-

I

tt

ifill

rm TAILIL

R/L

OUTPUT

-------' ~

WIG

~

BIR

~

B/L

~

HEADLAMP AIMING SWITCH ~ *1

~~

RIB

TAILIL SW

Preceding page

@: Models with daytime light system @: Models without daytime light system *1"'@ RIB , @ RIY

<6>J

RIL

TAIL FUSE

(f@

k:i,

(E107)

~

rn

Refer to EL-POWER.

~

LIGHTING SWITCH

BIR

00 ~

t 2ND

FUSE BLOCK (JIB)

RIG

JUNCTION BOX NO.2 (JOINT CONNECTORS)

2ND

(E10])

~ I

u@

W LIGHTING SWITCH

---------

RIW

WIG

DAYTIME LIGHT UNIT (Refer to EL-DTRL.) ~:@

-

BIR

~~~ B/L

R/W

~

B

I JOINT

rn

CONNECTOR-3 ~

Ibi=U B

--

I

i. B

~

B

~

(M28) ~


~(EU9) ~GY

ITIIIII::ITillT

~

~

BR

HEL020

EL-78

HEADLAMP -


RHD MODELS

EL-AIM-03 FUSE BLOCK

Refer to EL-POWER.

(JIB)

(E106) ..

(E10!)

-------

.. -----

CHID

WIG ~~

WIG ---

BIR ~~

BIR -----

r=B/L~~B/L

I

I=.R/W

T-i=i=r~ ~mmmlFh P

rITfu\ ~

~

GY

WIG

~~

HEADLAMP AIMING BIR B/L RIW MOTOR LH

rn

RIW -----

__

---

WIG ~

BIR ~ Next page BIL ~ RIW ~

HEADLAMP AIMING MOTOR RH @


~

, GY

HEL021

EL-79

•

HEADLAMP -


EL-AIM-04 Refer to

EL-POWER.

FUSE]

G J

BLOCK

----I 3-, ----I

a.

R/L

N.B I

(JIB)

Refer to

~

EL-POWER.

(Et06)

RIG

I

LIGHTING SWITCH

U:i=U WIG

ll:iJl ~ B/R

IbjJJ

B/L RIW

~ B

I

~

B

I JOINT

<€l- WIG Preceding page

<& B/R <@<@-

B/L RIW

rn

CONNECTOR-4 ~

L4=JJ

..... .....

B

I

T-, n 1 !..1 1

.....

.....

m:m:I:illIillTI ~

B

B

(M2B)

B

B

~


~P

HEL022

EL-80

HEADLAMP -

+

Reversing relay

Headlamp Aiming Control Description

BATIERY A

o 1 2

3

CIRCUIT OPERATION [Example] Aiming switch "0" •

When the aiming switch is set to "0", the motor will not start. This is because the power terminals are positioned at the nonconductive section of the sensor's rotary unit.

Thermistor SEL465M

Aiming switch "0" Reversing relay

+

BATIERY

-t

"1"

•

o

1 2 3

Thermistor

When the aiming switch is moved from "0" to "1", the sensor's conductive section activates the relay. Power is sup. plied through the relay to the motor. The headlamps will then move in the "DOWN" direction. • The motor continues to rotate while the rotary unit of the sensor moves from point A to point B. • The power terminals will then be positioned at the nonconductive section, disconnecting the power to the motor. The motor will then stop.

SEL364P

Aiming switch "1" Reversing relay

+

BATIERY

•

o

1 2 3

•

::-

-t

"0"

When the aiming switch is moved from "1" to "0", the sensor's conductive section activates the relay. Power is supplied through the relay to the motor. The motor will rotate to move the headlamps in the "UP" direction. When the rotary unit of the sensor moves from point B to point A, the motor will stop.

Thermistor SEL365P

• EL-81

EXTERIOR LAMP Clearance, License and Tail Lamps/Schematic

CD .r< rl

CD L .+oJ Ul :J

LICENSE PLATE LAMP RH

«

D C CD

...... QJ

CD L Ul H

QJ

E .r< .+oJ

D C

E .r< .+oJ

CD D

QJ

CD D

QJ

Cl 0 L :J l1J

.+oJ .r< 3
.+oJ .r< 3
QJ

Ul+J

Ul+J ~

4-

.+oJ Cl

DCfl 0 E+J

DCfl 0 E+J

0 I ([

U

x

l1J

L 0

.+oJ Cl

.+oJ Cl

QJ

QJ

OOlOOlU I.r< I.ri X -.I ......-.I ......W

U X W

QJ

@@)~

TAIL LAMP RH(INNER)

QJ

r-t(J) r-t(f).W QJ;>-QJ;>--.l4-

...... D 0 E

cD

Cl 0 L :J l1J

.c.

QJ

Cfl L 0

CD L Ul H

.+oJ :J 0

.c.

LICENSE PLATE LAMP LH

QJ

>-

co >-

II

......

.c.

.c.

~

II

TAIL LAMP LH(INNER)

~@

II

TAIL LAMP RH(OUTER)

II

TAIL LAMP LH(OUTER)

a:

t}j@) ::>0

>([

W

LL

W

CLEARANCE LAMP RH

-'

ff-

0

«

CD

::E: Hff-If>-C!lH

CLEARANCE LAMP LH

«HZ

0-.1::> UJ

-'

W -.I

UJ

-'

UJ UJ

UJ

-'

CD

l1J

HY:

Ul

UlZ

::>

::>H

LL

LL..J

= f-

Z

I U

QfOC!l::E:H

([0«3: LLLL-.lUl

HEL032

EL-82

EXTERIOR LAMP Clearance, License and Tail Lamps/Wiring Diagram - TAIL/L LHD MODELS WITH DAYTIME LIGHT SYSTEM

EL-TAIL/L-01

Refer to EL-POWER.

BIR

r

2ND LIGHTING SWITCH (E107>

.-

@1) @) AIL ~

AIL

AIL ~}

Next Page

RIB ~

A/Y ...---BLOCK (JIB) (106)(@

~SE AIL

I

...........

L

A/L~-[]

........

AIB

RIL

IrITil

IFfon

TAIL FUSE

TAILIL SW

TAILIL OUTPUT

m

L-

---'

r .-.

-0

I........ A/L~~

t

BIR

B

DAYTIME LIGHT UNIT (E119)

A/Y

-@>

CLEARANCE LAMP AH

CLEAAANCE LAMP LH

BoO

I

~

I

B ..I..

B ..I..

(37) $51>

Aefer to last page ~
F.=arn L1.l£f B

(Foldout page) .

,

@ B

~
GY

HEL023

EL-83

•

EXTERIOR LAMP Clearance, License and Tail Lamps/Wiring Diagram - TAIL/L - (Cont'd)

EL-TAIL/L-02 Preceding.-at-~ page

A/Y

-O~

R/Y

(1j1. ?!f"

R/Y

R/Y "'\!d ..li1

-----

B-o

~I~

P!L

Preceding page

* ~

AIL -

-O~ (HB)

f=iL

R/L ~

R/L •

i

-eI

e---

I

ee- - -

RIL B

STOP

~

LICENSE PLATE LAMP AH

-u:J

-R/L~} ----

R/Y

e---

~t~~~SE LAMP LH

(Th)

~

Next Page

-{9>

@: Sedan models

@: Hatchback

~

r.

B .....

models

TAIL

B-o P!L

-D

p/L •

(j])

@

~

R!L~

e-

AEAR COMBINATION LAMP RH (OUTER)

-D

R/L ~~ B

TAIL

STOP

AEAR COMBINATION LAMP LH (OUTER)

(R)

To a-STOP!L

B .....

(f1D) . (f11)

~@ ~W

~(R)

~w'

(j])

w

[Q] (Th) [I[g] w '

CID w

HEL024

EL-84

EXTERIOR LAMP Clearance, License and Tail Lamps/Wiring Diagram - TAIL/L - (Cont'd)

EL-TAIL/L-03 Preceding

-iJI-

page

~

R/Y

R/Y ..rr=1 -ud

REAR COMBINATION LAMP RH (OUTER)

B-o ..

Preceding

~

page

~

----------

~ RIL -.-

.-

_

@QD

R/L ~

-

B

~

P/L ~

RIL

.~

B

@@W

._ -.--

It .---

-1---------11---

.-1--------1---

R/L~ B RIL

-(Q

~C~~~SE LAMP RH (fj109)

~

-(Q~

@QZl

B"1li

R/L ~ B

TAIL

~4 ~ STOP

B

~

$11)

45678I~

@!QD W

REAR COMBINATION LAMP LH (OUTER)

i~~~~~~~~~~ .. ~~~ ::: 'I • ~TO

rflII' I

~C~~~SE LAMP LH

..rr=::

a-STOP/L

~

B

~ (32)

~~~

~w'

[Q] @QZl CD 109)

w

IIf.g]

w

'

w

HEL025

EL-85

EXTERIOR LAMP Clearance, License and Tail Lamps/Wiring Diagram - TAIL/L - (Conl'd) LHD MODELS WITHOUT DAYTIME LIGHT SYSTEM

EL-TAIL/L-04

Aefer to EL-POWEA.

2ND LIGHTING

SWITCH

r

~ ~

W/A

I

•

i-'

W/A

W/A

~I';I

~t:1

A/V

AIL

L

A/Y ~

AIL ~

AIL -------

_--B~ L

•

t

AIL ~~

... -..

A/L~~

"B~1

AI,

~

------1-1-

.-.

FUSE BLOCK (JIB) (106) @Z)

AIL ~

Next Page

CLEAAANCE LAMP AH

rn CLEAAANCE LAMP LH @

A/V

-e>

Next Page

..... I

I B

B

$37> $51)

~@)

~w

F.=r=t l..!.@

rn B

Refer to last page (Foldout page) . @Q)

,

B

HEL026

EL-86

EXTERIOR LAMP Clearance, License and Tail Lamps/Wiring Diagram - TAIL/L - (Conl'd)

EL-TAIL/L-05 Preceding page

--f1-......cr

R/Y

-O~

R/Y ~

R/Y

~

_

R/Y

~1(iJ])

RIL -

-O~
RIL ~

FiL

RIL •

-eI

•

~

I .-

.-

-

-

R/L ~}

Page ____

R/Y ~

Hatchback

RIL ~~

~t~~~SE LAMP LH

aID

~

(J

TAIL

B-{Gl STOP

<:lID

PIL ~

PIL •


To EL -STOP/L

T.

@: Sedan models

:

LICENSE PLATE LAMP @ RH

R/L

L::-

Next

R/L "1!:J B ~

B

.-e---


GID

PIL ~

i

...

TAIL

B-{Gl

I I I I I I I I I I I

PreCeding........a page ~

(J

S

models

~

B

~

aiD) aiD

rTI2I"QIID (ill) ~w

~<:lID

~w'

GID w

[Ql

[I[gJ

•

GID CID

w '

w

HEL027

EL-87

EXTERIOR LAMP Clearance, License and Tail Lamps/Wiring Diagram - TAIL/L - (ConI' d)


4

R/Y

R/Y £1 ~

~


B~

~

P/L ~

Preceding page

~

* -e- -

- ~~ -_-1I

.........,;l.

-

RIL

e-

RIL ~ B

e- R/L~ -«:l

RIL

~

B

e

-

~C~~~SE LAMP LH (0107)


B~

~

PIL ~

I

.1 B

R/L ~~ ..IR B -,bf

B

RIL ()

ee

.....

-,bf

~C~~~SE LAMP RH (0109)

..IR

P/L •

To EL-STOP/L

B ~

0311) 0332'>

fHiI' I IIjl 4567B

@QD W

~@~ ~

W

' W

[QJ @W (0109) [I[g] w ' w

HEL028

EL-88

EXTERIOR LAMP Clearance, License and Tail Lamps/Wiring Diagram - TAIL/L - (Conl'd) RHO MODELS

EL-TAIL/L-07 lOA

Aefer

to

@: @:

EL-POWEA.

1361

For Europe Except for

Europe

BIA

0----. I

~

B IA FAONT FOG LAMP SWITCH

(fill): @

I~I

BIA

tE1i\A\

'E!QJ; ..!i'1 CHID

m S/A

rr=illJ ~ " 1ST OFF,_

2ND LIGHTING SWITCH

~

~

AIL

l EE

FUSE BLOCK (JIB)

(fill) (106) (]V

AIL ~3

T~

AIL -----

AIL ~8

Q~

AIL ....

AIL

tt... A/L~ ~ -s(j

r

-{t>

Next

Page

CLEAAANCE LAMP AH

@

LAMP LH

BoiO

~

tt-tt

I

I

B

8

-!-

-!-

~~


r---------------------, J

f2TIffi~ tmm:I S

Fa ~

l1.l.£.J

S

@ID

,

S

HEL029

EL-89

•

EXTERIOR LAMP Clearance, License and Tail Lamps/Wiring Diagram - TAIL/L - {Cont'd}

EL-TAIL/L-OB ~CID Preceding page

-...-'f1. ~

R/L

"'_1.

-O~

R/L .IFf "'1!::::!

RIL ~ :k!!" R/L ---.---

HB

B

,,'1--R/L

R/L ~ B

RIL

.-

-

---

B

RIL~

.-

-

---

B

O~ 0- _ ~

~

R/L

:

Hatchback models for Europe Australia

@: Except

,.

and

~ill)

~w'

ill)

w

.....B

.....B

(fi0)

(fit)

~cm

~w'

~

-fQ~ -[?

~C~~~SE LAMP RH

-fQ -[?

~C~~~SE LAMP LH

B

-0

em

aID

PIL

+ To

CID w

TAIL

~

PIL ~

@: Sedan models

CONBINATION LAMP RH ~~~ER) (TAIL)

RIL~ ~~~~~INATION LAMP LH B ~ ~~~ER) (TAIL)

t: I._1_____ .1 l::..

ill)

PIL ~

I .'--I I I .--I I

JJ-. Next

~

REAR

O~ 0- _ ~

~Page


REAR COMBI~~~~O~H

STOP

(OUTER)

ill)

EL-STOP/L

[Q] CI[) II[g] w '

em w

HEL030

EL-90

EXTERIOR LAMP Clearance, License and Tail Lamps/Wiring Diagram - TAIL/L - (Conl'd)


~ ~

RIL _.

RIL ..IF"! "'\b!


TAIL

8~

..

----------

F -0--

STOP

-«)

PIL

RIL~ E ~

.-.--

~

(824) (0101) _

RIL ~

R/L -

-0--II ~

-

8

~

~

8

(0102)

0--

.1-1:: GE

8

~5~~INATION LAMP RH (INNER) (TAIL)

~

(0111)

RIL ~~ B

~C~~~SE LAMP RH

~

«hOg)

RIL ~

8

~C~~~SE

~~~::

LH

R/L ~

O~

CONBINATION LAMP LH (INNER) (TAIL)

B.rrs ~

_1

11

-

____

i.

~I

45678

I

II~w

@QD

(1311)

(1332)

Fn (1)102) W W

~ ~


8~

---.P/L~

i B ~

ID103)

R/L -[1

.-1-------11----

B ~

@

~

PIL •

To EL-STOP/L

@: Except

for

Europe

and

Australia

@) (1328) W

'W

~

@

~

W

@ill) 'W

[Q] @QZ) []Jg] W'

(1)109) W

HEL031

EL.91

•

EXTERIOR LAMP Stop Lamp/Wiring

Diagram -

STOP/L -

SEDAN MODELS

EL-STOP/L-01 (b):

FUSE

BLOCK Refer

to

LHD modeIs RHO models Models with high-mounted stop lamp *1 ... (b) R/Y, R/L

: :

EL-POWER.

(J/8)

~

To

DEPRESSEDSTOP LAMP SWITCH

EL-TAIL/L

+ *1 {• R/L

~

RELEASED

~ @ (@

P!L

•

O~

P!L ~3i1

+

P/L ., P!L

'V

ctJ~

m

Pt,

~tP!L(IT)

JlJ'
BOX No.2

~

R

(JOINT CONNECTORS)

0-0

(ffi]): (b)

L

P/L

~(M5) P!L ~(@

I

., --

I6'iA\

@ (j]g) P/L ~

t

~

1 Y P/L

1

HIGH~~g~TE~MP TAIL

P/L

[jJ aID

STOP

TAIL

STOP

~

REAR ~ B E~~~I~~TION B

8

1

t

M.

•

(OUTER)

0

av

I

REAR E~~~I~~TION (OUTER)

T. B

.....

8

~

Cfl0) ql1)

~~

I..!.@

Refe~ to last page (Foldout page) . 8

f&~@) 56J8I9Wu12

m@

W

[I[g]

8R

~ ~

@ w'

aID w

~ ~W

HEL033

EL-92

HATCHBACK

EXTERIOR LAMP Stop Lamp/Wiring Diagram (Cant' d)

MODELS

STOP/L -

EL-STOP/L-02 (1): LHD models (8): RHO mode1s @: Models with high-mounted

FUSE BLOCK Refer to EL-POWER.

stop lamp on rear window Models with high-mounted stop lamp in rear air spoiler ~t1... (1) R/Y,(8) RIL

(J/B)

~:

DEPRESSED STOP LAMP SWITCH

+ *1 { EL-TAIL/L .. R/L

~

RELEASED ~

PIL

• O~P/L~P/L~

To

0-.

~

~

PIL

~I iJUNCTION

aJ

L

BOX NO.2 (~g~~~CTORS)

~@:(1)

c!J ~

~ @W PIL

t

P/L

i l

P'L

1l\.QJ1 (@ eb@) P/L

I

P/L

~I 1

HIGH-

MOUNTED STOP LAMP

TAIL

<01OB): @ ~:~

~ B

I .-

I

a ~
STOP

TAIL

~REAR a E~~~I~~nON (OUTER)~

a

_. I

---

---

~

fEi)! I Ill) @W m (0102) ill

a

~~@ 5 6 TIIV01112

45678

m

W

IJ:m

([HOB)

aR

1.I

f. a a

(0105)

L.iJ.gJ

~REAR a E~~~I~~nON (OUTER)~

I

(ij25)

a

~~

STOP

W

...... "="


W

~@)@

~~

WEJ

GY

~

w'

W

HEL034

EL-93

•

EXTERIOR LAMP Back-up Lamp/Wiring

Diagram -

BACK/L -

EL-BACK/L-01 FUSE BLOCK

lOA

Refer to EL-POWER.

(J/B)

[]]

(f106)

(8): @: @: @): @:

I Q.61 Y

I O~

ern

L

@ID

Q)

y

~

Y

i>

@QID

Q)

Y

LHD models RHD models A/T models MlT models LHD models with CD engine Except LHD models with CD engine

~l -

Y

1

t4._".)~

m BACK-UP LAMP SWITCH @D:@

R

OTHERS

INHIBITOR SWITCH ~:@

~ G/W

~

G/W

O-::E--- ..... -------,

I

O~

~ern

G/W ~

G/W -,..

L

<]=>

c @@ ~

.r:-
G/W ~O--IO~

G/W ~

([ill) @

G/W ~

~

G/W ~

G/W ~}

CHID G/W

Next page

-@> Refer to last page (Foldout page) .

~~

rn:tilllID

~ ~B

B

cf]:g)

@D GY

mi\~ ~

GY

~WV ~W

(E23O)

HEL035

EL-94

EXTERIOR LAMP Back-up Lamp/Wiring Diagram (Cont'd)

BACK/L -

EL-BACK/L-02 ~

G/w-eb

Preceding page

I

(MID@

~

HB

G/W

G/W

" B

Iffi

I~i

W

~

~

~

@ill): @

~

LAMP LH C~INATION (INNER) (BACK-UP LAMP)

c:IID:

I!II

G/W REAR

@

COMBINATION LAMP RH (INNER) (BACK-UP LAMP)

~ B

I

I•

I•

B

B

I

(0103) W'

QlliD W

~lllllml 45678

@QD

W

rr:r:g:@fi,mtIZIID

aID:

@

I

~
W

w'

G/W REAR

I

~

w'

i!l

I

B

4>1m~

en:> GID

(IT)

B

(MID

~

G/W

B

I

~

m:z:IID

REAR COMBINATION LAMP RH (INNER) (BACK-UP LAMP)

B

m@

G/W

•I

G/W

COMBINATION LAMP LH (INNER) (BACK-UP LAMP) ([)103): @

••

B

~@)

I

G/W REAR

r

~@

f---.t

I•I

B

G/W

@

~(O101)

B ~

I 0

~t

G/W~ ~ 24

@Qg)

LHO models RHO models @: Sedan models @: Hatchback models

0

~G/W~G/W~G/W

~

:

~

QID

(TwO

~(lli) 45678

•

W

m (0102) Ww HEL036

EL-95

EXTERIOR LAMP Front Fog Lamp/Wiring Diagram -

F/FOG -

LHD MODELS WITH DAYTIME LIGHT SYSTEM

EL-F/FOG-01

I BATTERY I

~-t~-:-I -------rm~ I

FUSE BLOCK

I

.......

BIR

~

I

Refer to EL-POWER.

(JIB)

(120)

OR

R/L

1

OIR

11:lt I:!JIIn

i

BIR

Ii1'1n LIGHTING SWITCH

FAONT

FOG LAMP U RELAY

~

l!:i=!J

GY/R

ORIB

(103)

LI

(£107)

GY/R~Next

i---'

ORIB BIR

m TAIL/L FUSE

RIB

Iff1n

~

TAIL/L SW

ORIB

I~II

t

RIL

~rONTFOG LAMP

FOG LAMP LH

FFOOT

TAIL/L OUTPUT DAYTIME LIGHT UNIT

RH

1bi=H@

~~

B

B

I

I

•I

•I

-B

B

~

~ ~

rn ~~1

4

GY

page

dJg)@)@ GY , GY

+~103l 5

L


(120)

HEL037

EL-96

EXTERIOR LAMP Front Fog Lamp/Wiring Diagram (Cont'd)

1

1

GY/R

R/Y

precedin9-4 Y/R G page ~

1

....

R/Y +To

EL-R/FOG

B +To

EL-R/FOG

REAR

no

FOG LAMP RELAY

U0

1

EL-F/FOG-02

1 TI 1----1-------

1

F/FOG -

4=Jl

~

GY/L

@

B

I

GY/L

....

ng:AU~ (BID GY/L

I

GY/L

R/G +To

EL-ILL

R/G

m m

FRONT ILL FOG LAMP SWITCH

OFF--

~

B

B

1-_1

• B

W~INT

CONNECTOR-1 @

~ B

I

T.

B -!@

2 376

~ 4

~

GY

I1III'ITillilli ~

~(fill)

IIDIDID

B -!~

B


~BR

HEL03B

EL-97

•

EXTERIOR LAMP Front Fog Lamp/Wiring (Cont'd)

Diagram -

F/FOG -

LHD MODELS WITHOUT DAYTIME LIGHT SYSTEM

EL-F/FOG-03

I BATTERY I 1

~75A

15A

LtJ[]]

CD

I

•

RIL

OFF-

I

~~2 W/R

________

t

Refer to EL-POWER.

(JIB) (E120)

~ OR

R/L

LIGHTING ~ SWITCH IlOA 441 (El0n 2ND WIR

FUSE BLOCK

II!I

I~II"AONT n

Ibi=!l

IbjJI 00>

U

FOG LAMP RELAY

GYIL
1_--1---11.--------RIG

~Y.1/~

...

IT1rTI

EL-ILL

--e

ll


ILL

RIG +To

ORIB

OR/B

~ I~i I~I .'--•

~

FOG FRONT LAMP LH

B

1

~

B

CONNECTOR-1 @

T rl! (E103)

ITlIIillIill1II

~~

B

B

B

~ ~

@~

A TL

~~

I I e----e I I

I JOINT

W

FOG FA~T LAMP RH

B

~ (51)


12i1l=.;fI@Q)

~@~

~

~B

Gy'GY

@

~BR

HEL039

EL-98

EXTERIOR LAMP Front Fog Lamp/Wiring Diagram (Cont'd)

F/FOG -

RHO MODELS FOR EUROPE

EL-F/FOG-04

I BATTERY I

•

~10A

L:J 1361

15A

W

B/R

~

rrf1D

II!' t ~ R!L

LIGHTING SWITCH

CEW

FUSE BLOCK

Refer to EL-POWER.

(JIB) (EfOO) (120)

OR

. I~In (RONT FOG LAMP U RELAY

~m

GY!L

OR/B

117\,1~

~@) GY/L

1-1-----

~

-----ell

FRONT FOG LAMP SWITCH ~

ILL

OR/B

I!\

~

.•• --B

m

CONNECTOR-1

" n B

~

B B B

1 i.l 1

B

-

A~ T L

ITIillIillITIIT ~

FOG

FRONT LAMP

LH

B

!JOINT ~

OR/B

ll¥J~

B

1

RIG. To EL-ILL

-

-

I

i!'1

FOG FRONT LAMP RH

~@9> B

I

e----e

I

I

B

B

~

~

Refer ta last page (Faldaut page) .

~
lID[@]

B

~~~ \!lSJ

GY'

GY

@ BR HEL040

EL-99

•

EXTERIOR LAMP Front Fog Lamp/Wiring (Cont'd)

Diagram -

F/FOG -

RHO MODELS EXCEPT FOR EUROPE

EL-F/FOG-05

I BATTERY I

~'-t3.0:.I------.I----:::~--~-rn-~-A-1 ~1i~ I

Refer to EL-POWER.

~~l I.~I-- ~

BIR

I

RIL

i----I

t

BIR

.....

OFF

-

RIG

OR

R~G ~

O~ ~

~

ffi]

~ ILL

I~I~

JiJ1 CHID BIR

~L

LIGHTING SWITCH

0;1061

FRONT FOG LAMP SWITCH ~

OFF ~

DRIB

lufl@ DRIB

m

--, i

L... B

rn

ORIB

I!l

JOINT CONNECTOR-1

1!,i=!J@

~

B

I

,..,n B

B

B

1 i.Jl

~@

DRIB

FOG LAMP FRONT LH

I!i

@g)

~

FOG LAMP FRONT RH ~36)

B

B

I

I

.----.

B

I ....

I

B

B ~ (51)

~


~

~

[[l[[ID B

IIIIJJTIIIIIITI

~

@ BR

@,~

GY

GY

HEL041

EL-100

EXTERIOR LAMP Front Fog Lamp Bulb Replacement

GEL001

The front fog lamp is a semi-sealed beam type which uses a replaceable halogen bulb. • Grasp only the plastic base when handling the bulb. Never touch the glass envelope. 1. Disconnect the battery cable. 2. Disconnect the harness connector from the back side of the bulb. 3. Turn the bulb retaining ring counterclockwise until it is free from the front fog lamp reflector, and then remove it. 4. Pull off the rubber cap. 5. Remove the front fog lamp bulb carefully. Do not shake or rotate the bulb when removing it. 6. Install in the reverse order of removal. CAUTION: .' Do not leave front fog lamp reflector without bulb for a long period of time. Dust, moisture, smoke, etc. entering front fog lamp body may affect the performance of the front fog lamp. Remove front fog lamp bulb from the front fog lamp reflector just before a replacement bulb is installed.

Front Fog Lamp Aiming Adjustment Before performing aiming adjustment, make sure of the following. a. Keep all tires inflated to correct pressure. b. Place vehicle on level ground. c. See that vehicle is unloaded (except for full levels of coolant, engine oil and fuel, and spare tire, jack, and tools). Have the driver or equivalent weight placed in driver's seat. Adjust aiming by turning the adjusting screw.

• EL-101

EXTERIOR LAMP Rear Fog Lamp/Wiring Diagram -

R/FOG -

WITH DAYTIME LIGHT SYSTEM

EL-R/FOG-01

I BATTERY I •

~'-t3.5:.'----~'4~i

Refer to EL-POWER.

~
R

Irtn

"~I CHID LIGHTING SWITCH

P

~ 5

112• 1

r-PU/R~PU/R_PU/R~PU/R- -,
RI/Y

I

Ir

PU/R J

R/Y PU/R GYIR

a~W:i:II~AR

,

FOG LAMP RELAY

n

U

I!:iJI ~ B

RIG •

JUNCTION BOX NO.2 (JOINT CONNECTORS) ~

(£109)

~

WIPU GY!L

P

nTi1

t RIG

PU/R

m rm

LAMP SWITCH @

I~

OFF

I~JI

To

-:~~~:

}

~ -F /F:~/R

REAR

ILL FOG

~

..

~E-ILL

IWI

T T 1--1

f

+ EL-BUZZER I

I

rn

JOINT CONNECTOR-3

W/PU.I'f;:---.Next "........page

~

~

B

I

f. B

B

-!-

-!-

~

f. B

-!-

@D

~

r--------------------~

B

-!~ Refer to last page (Foldout page) .

I I

~~

: ....R%i5<=.-I...........I-I1 (E~09) I L

~BR

~

I1IIIIIIIIIIlII ~ ~BR

HEL042

EL-102


R/FOG -

(Conl'd)

EL-R/FOG-02 Preceding page

1

----1l- W/PU ~

m

@: @:

Sedan mode Is Hatchback models

W/PU

(E117)

~@[) W/PU

I

l~--I W/PU

W/PU

W/PU

W/PU

I i!i

W/PU

ICiJI~@

IciJl ~@QD

W/PU

~5:INATION LAMP LH (INNER) II 8 II (REAR FOG)

'=r' (lli: @ 8

I I!II

~ INATION LAMP LH

(INNER) II 8 II (REAR FOG)

=r

(0103): @

8

I

il ~{ill),@ ~W

W

Iltil@QDW 45678

~I

~ ~

•

(lli, CQl03) W

W

HEL043

EL-103

EXTERIOR LAMP Rear Fog Lamp/Wiring Diagram (Cont'd) WITHOUT DAYTIME

R/FOG -

LIGHT SYSTEM

EL-R/FOG-03

I

BATTERY

I

.------rfl •

[jt::1 R

Refer

Wi;,;i ~~ I __

LIGHTING SWITCH

~

EL-POWER.

(b): (8):

P

~

P

P

~

P

m

~ (fl09)

m

CHID

CHID

~PU/R~PU/R

I

~

I

I~ ]llfEAA n

O-ee-PU/R~PU/R~PU/R-

14

R/Y PU/R

1

LAMP FOG RELAY

U

JUNCTION BOX II11JI No.2 (JOINT =r' CONNECTORS)PU/R

P

PU~R

~.

o@> ~:~~

PU/R.

REAR FOG LAMP SWITCH

~ ~

i--l B

,.., a

ILL

OFF

~ -BUZZER

B

~

B

~

RIG

INO

~

W/PU

RIG .~~-ILL

m m m

W/PU

L

r-

~Ot

Ibi=U Ibi=JI ~ B

LHO models RHO models

m CHID

P

m

to

I JOINT

a

a

-I

1

B ~

rn ~

5g~~~CTOR-3 @: (b) CONNECTOR-4@: (8)

B ~

~

r--------------------,


I

L

~

IIIIIillJIlIIil ~:
~~ T

[JQII~ L

~aR

IIIIIillJIlIIil ~:
P HEL044

EL-104


R/FOG -

(Conl'd)

Preceding page

4 ~

EL-R/FOG-04 w/pu..,

I'001

<1):

w/pu w/pu r::::b (illZ) (EfO!) I~I@) ~@ w/pu ~CMID I~I(@ ~ w/pu

LHO models

:

RHO models

@: @:

Sedan

models

Hatchback

models

r.l.

O~

I

.

f~---I

~-----~

w/pu

w/pu

IciJl @

~ @lQD w/pu

t-----.~

IrtJl ~

wf@>wf

em

w/pu

I!II

~~

w/pu ~INATION LAMP LH

i!11

~~~INATION LAMP RH

(INNER) 1\ 8 1\ (REAR FOG)

=r@:@


=r

8

GID:@

B

1>


*


=r(D103):@

=r

~~INATI~ LAMP LH

B

~__ 5J>

'-I ..... 8

I!I

w/pu

W/pu

~~INATION LAMP RH

@ill):@

B

1

I

B

B

~

~


~W1),(f1g) ~W

~

W

fil' I'~ 45678

@QD W

~ ~

(U), GID,(0103), W

W

W

(DiU)

W

HEL045

EL-105

•

EXTERIOR LAMP Turn Signal and Hazard Warning Lampsl Schematic

FRONT TURN SIGNAL LAMP LH

SIDE TURN SIGNAL LAMP LH

REAR COMBINATION

COMBINATION

LAMP LH

METER (TURN LH)

FRONT TURN SIGNAL LAMP RH

SIDE TURN SIGNAL LAMP RH

REAR COMBINATION

fZH OZ H::::> f-

(Y)

<((I

COMBINATION

LAMP RH

METER (TURN RH)

nJ

ZW HI rJ)(f) ~
0--1

'<"""1

uu...

I U

fH 3: Z (f) 0

o u.. ([ u..

I U

fH 3:f(f)([

W (f) ::::>

u...

I

ZfO(f) H f-L HQ Z (!)Z HO

>-

([

W (f) ::::>

u...

W ff
co

HEL052

EL-106

EXTERIOR LAMP Turn Signal and Hazard Warning Lamps/Wiring Diagram - TURNLHD MODELS

EL-TURN-01 FUSE BLOCK

Refer to EL-POWER.

(JIB)

~

___

RIG. To EL-ILL

RIG

m HAZARD ILL SWITCH ~

~

t JUNCTION BOX NO.2 • I (JOINT CONNECTORS)

LG

25

~ 2~

LG

LGt

ffl IFtiI

POWER OCT

~ G/Y

12';1

12~1

-,

-G/B~

CBID~

2~

G/Y

-

G/Y

ml~1 LG

2~

G/Y

_

G/Y ~

2~

G/B

-G/B~

2~

G/Y

-

@)

Ibj:!J

I

LG

m

. .

12•31 G/B

TURN SIGNAL LAMP SWITCH L

8

B

G/B


GROUND

~

2~

LG

~12~1 G/R

~ G/B

R

G/B

CBID

------'. m 11f!]~ 54213

W

To

EL-TURN -03

-f> Next

page

12•41 JUNCTION BOX NO.2 (JOINT G/Y CONNECTORS) ~ G/Y

IriJ~----~$1 ___ t.GI" ~ GIV ,

WID

G/Y

-@>

- G/Y~} _ .-

G/B ~

~

B

Next page

~

Refer to last page (Foldout

F1i21~ '"TIT

B

page) .

c:I:Q]] (E110) ~W

HEL046

EL-107

•

EXTERIOR LAMP Turn Signal and Hazard Warning Lamps/Wiring Diagram - TURN - (Cont'd)

EL-TURN-02 @;

GA engine without dual air bag system and ABS @; Except@

preCeding{~ page ~ ~

.......... 1

:~ G/B

---I-----Ie-----. ~o

I$I::+B G/Y

~O

•

G/Y

G/B

1!lfQ2~

TURN I!ISIDE SIGNAL

SIGNAL LAMP RH 1I111@:
'=r='@:

II111LAMP LH

=w=

~

B

•

.L~+ ~O

Icrl~

B

B

~~

I~B

TURN SIGNAL ILall LAMP RH

=w=~

'=r=' ~

B

-t-,

JOINT

CONNECTOR-3

B

~

~

..&i ~

@ (B108) GY , GY , GY

lIIIIIIIIIlIIII

TURN SIGNAL 11211LAMP LH

1!IF~T 1!I~T B

-------Ie--i

...,1 B

(tlg)

G/Y

NB

~O Preceding ~ page ~

(il)

B

G/B

<82B)

....g,~ l..!@j

B

'

~

B

r-t

B

B

.....

~

@

(868)

~I

4567B

.....B

4;51)

11[Il~

W

@)

~BR

HEL047

EL-108

EXTERIOR LAMP Turn Signal and Hazard Warning Lamps/Wiring Diagram - TURN - (Conl'd)

EL-TURN-03 <]): @: @: @:

<8- G/Y TO EL-TURN

-01

~

GIS

GIY

Sedan models Hatchback models With tachometer Without tachometer

~H"'@37.

@14

*2"'@36. *3"'@17.

@12 @13

:::-l ~GlBl I GIS

G/Y

mITn

I *~ I

LH

COMBINATION METER (TURN)

G/B

CMID

G/Y

I~~----------~~I

RH~

..... ---I----I~ .-----1---,0 I

B/R ~3

G/S@

@

<

H

S

~

G/Y

?

S

G/S@

G/Y

~----------~ ~~~INATION LAMP RH (OUTER)

~l

I!i

~~~~

" 4"

/I 4 " (TURN SIGNAL)

I!\

(OUTER)

I!I

~

~~~

~

G/B

G/S@

G/Y

~Q~INATION LAMP LH SIGNAL)

SIGNAL)

.------. B

B

I I

I I

B ~

SiR ~ ~

~

B ~

G/Y

~ ~~INATION LAMP LH (OUTER) (TURN SIGNAL)

=r <:m

~~INATION LAMP RH (OUTER)

=r GID

.------ . S

S

I I

I I

S

S

~

~

• ~

u::IillHJ

@, ~, W

W

@,

aID

W

W

~@ ~W

HEL048

EL-109

EXTERIOR LAMP Turn Signal and Hazard Warning Lamps/Wiring Diagram - TURN - (Conl'd) RHO MODELS

EL-TURN-04 Refer

FUSE BLOCK

to

@: @:

EL-POWER.

For Europe Except for

Europe

(JIB)

Qill)

1--- RIG.

To EL-ILL

RIG

m HAZARD SWITCH

~

~ LG

•

2

t I

~

~

LG

11211 ~""iF

-

m

POWER OUT

GROUND

,

LG:m.

~~

~

""iF

TURN SIGNAL LAMP SWITCH

I7

~~~~~ ~~

rn~ ~

G/B ~

il

rn

..J"i-.....

I

G B -

L

R

G/Y ~

JOINT CONNECTOR-1 ~

~2

To EL-TURN

~

G/Y

II 3 II II 3 II

G/B

G/Y

1~~----i~1

t_

G /B~

-[B>

G.'Y••

G/Y

t

1__

-

_

G/B

•.

S

~--------------------------, W

I

~

lID"'

mm:ITI1lIIIIJJi ~ ~BR

(M20) B

-06

G/Y ~

G/Y~} 1 -@> 1------------------

B

54213

page

""iF ""iF

~g~~~CTOR-1

fIrn' ,'IIl~

Next

G/B~

Ibi=Jl G/B

LG

-u>}

B

G/B ~

~G/B-

I


B

1_-

~G/B~

LG

~

II 2 II

B

1r211~

eMS) ~

LGt

G/R

~

L~JOINT ~ I../B CONNECTOR G/Y db -4

JOINT CONNECTOR-1

I

I:TIIJ

: @OI[g]

(E110) : @ W

I L

--.CQ"l ~

rmm

:@ W

I

Next

page

~


I

: ~I

IIDIillIillIITi ~ ~P

HEL049

EL-110

EXTERIOR LAMP Turn Signal and Hazard Warning Lamps/Wiring Diagram - TURN - {ConI' d)

EL-TURN-05 -@: GA engine without dual ~ Preceding page

air bag system and ASS

GIS

@: Except <@)

I.'----..

GIS

~o

I$I~;'~ +B G/B ~O

.

•

G/B

'!II~Q~~ I~I i!'1 G/B

SIGNAL LAMP LH II UI @ : (8108) 9F'@:~

TURN FRONT

SIGNAL ILZJI LAMP LH "=r' ~

S

•

~O

B

~O

TURN SIDE

SIGNAL II111LAMP RH "=r' @

B

G/Y

I!I

TURN F RONT SIGNAL II211LAMP RH 9F' ~

B

L!---.I

===~+ 'Cfl'@

G/Y

NB

I

S

~ ~

B

..

B

~

Preceding page

JOINT CONNECTOR-4

rT. n

~~ B-

1itl
<.!J.g) GY

I

~

,

GY

(8108) ,

GY

•I-J

...g.,~

L.!..l£.J

li.Jl B

B

(M28)

B

B

il

<8W

•

~ B

'

B

lTIillIillIITil ~ ~P

HEL050

EL-111

EXTERIOR LAMP Turn Signal and Hazard Warning Lamps/Wiring Diagram - TURN - (Conl'd)

EL-TURN-06 ill:

To EL-TURN -04

<@a

G/Y

~

G/B

@: @: @:

Sedan modeIs Hatchback models With tachometer Without tachometer

*1... @ 37 . @ 14 *2"'@36. @12 *3"'@17. @13

G/81 I G/B

G/Y

mill!

I *~I RH

LH B/R ~3

1..

COMBINATION METER(TURN)

G/B

G/Y

@

~

I~~----------~~I

~

G/B@)

G/Y

-----I------~ -----°1 @ ..

----11

<

HB)

~,.

G/B~ G/B

G/Y

?

S

G/Y

$----------$ (IT) G/B

G/Y

I!l ~~~INATION I!I ~:INATION~1~~~INATI,..1!1~~INATION LAMP LH LAMP RH LAMP LH LAMP RH (OUTER) (OUTER) (OUTER) (OUTER) II 4 II (TURN SIGNAL) II ~UI(TURN SIGNAL) ILA II (TURN SIGNAL) ILAJI (TURN SIGNAL)

=r~

=r@

B

B

B/R ~ <8gz)

I I B

~ ~

=r CfID

B

.-----. I I B

=r@

~ ~

.--

I I

B

~

CTiD)

B 1•

I I

.... B

(fin

r--------------------------------------------------,

L

~

--.CQL ~, ~

W

(B2B),

@,

GID

W

W

W

HEL051

EL-112

EXTERIOR LAMP Turn Signal and Hazard Warning Lamps/Trouble Diagnoses Symptom Turn signal and hazard warning lamps do not operate.

Possible cause 1. Hazard switch 2. Combination flasher unit 3. Open in combination flasher unit circuit

Turn signal lamps do not operate but hazard warning lamps oper-

1. 7.5A fuse

ate. 2 Hazard switch 3. Turn signal switch 4. Open in turn.signal switch cir. cuit

Hazard warning lamps do not operate but turn signal lamps operate.

2. Hazard switch 3. Open in hazard switch circuit

Individual turn signal lamp or

1. Bulb 2. Grounds

,

1. Check 7.5A fuse (No. [ill, located in fuse block). Turn ignition switch ON and verify battery positive voltage is present at terminal @ of hazard switch. 2. Check hazard switch. 3. Check turn signal switch. 4. Check harness between combination flasher unit terminal @ and turn signal switch terminal G) for open circuit. located in fuse block). 1. Check 10A fuse (No. Verify battery positive voltage is present at terminal @ of hazard switch. 2. Check hazard switch. 3. Check harness between combination flasher unit terminal @ and hazard switch terminal @ for open circuit. 1. Check bulb. 2. Check ground circuit for the bulb.

Combination Flasher Unit Check

Test lamp (27W) \

1. Check hazard switch. 2. Refer to combination flasher unit check. 3. Check wiring to combination flasher unit for open circuit.

ffiJ ,

1. 10A fuse

turn indicators do not operate.

Repair order

• •

I / /

Before checking, ensure that bulbs meet specifications. Connect a battery and test lamp to the combination flasher unit, as shown. Combination flasher unit is properly functioning if it blinks when power is supplied to the circuit.

Battery SEL 122E

• EL-113

EXTERIOR LAMP Bulb Specifications Wattage (W) Front turn signal lamp

21

Clearance lamp

5

Front fog lamp

55

Side turn signal lamp

5

Rear combination lamp Turn signal StoplTail

21 21/5

Tail

5

Back-up

21

Rear fog

21

License plate lamp

5

High-mounted stop lamp Bulb type (Sedan)

5 (x6)

Bulb type (Hatchback)

21

LED type

4.6

EL-114

INTERIOR LAMP ilium ination/Schematic rl Q)

ro

Q)

L (J)

E .rl

H

Q)

D C

.rl

E Q)

ra L (J) H

..-; Q)

D 0 E

0 I

a:

Q)

c ro

Q) Q

L 0

0 L ::J lLJ

'<-

L 0

LL

+J Q

OJ U

L

D

+J

ro

+J >

Q)

+J ::J 0

D

.c

E 0

.c

.c +J

m

.rl

.rl

+J

3E

3E Q)

Q)

(J)+J

(J)+J

r-l(/)

r-1(J)

OJ> D(J) 0 E+J

OJ> D(J) 0 E+J

.c

COMPACT DISK DECK ILLUMINATION

U

+J

.c

e

.c

+J

(J)

W -!

EI

REAR FOG LAMP SWITCH ILLUMINA TION

+J

.rl

3

DL

Q..-;

OJ

OOlOOlU

X

I.r-l

I-rl

X

lLJ

---1.---1

---1.---1

W

@@@)~

FAN SWITCH ILLUMINATION

Q)

ra

Q

0 L ::J lLJ

D

(J)

ra

+J >

OJ D 0 L:

HEADLAMP WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH ILLUMINA TION

e ~@

HAZARD SWITCH ILLUMINATION II

GLOVE BOX LAMP

GLOVE BOX LAMP SWITCH

REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SWITCH ILLUMINA TION RADIO ILLUMINATION I U f-

lLJ

UJ

~

H

3: UJ

ASHTRAY ILLUMINATION

LL Z

ZO

o

HL

AIT INDICATOR

f-O

ILLUMINATION

H

ZU

cc:JU

COMBINATION

H«

METER

CLOCK METER METER

>a: lLJ f-

f-

« m

lLJ

ILLUMINA TION

L:

HfI-If-

EE

>-cc:JH

«HZ O-!~

lLJ

UJ

~

•

LL


FRONT FOG LAMP SWITCH ILLUMINATION

I

IZ

U Ilf-

Occ:JL:H

a:O«3: LLLL-!UJ

HEL060

EL-115

INTERIOR LAMP Illumination/Wiring

Diagram -

ILL -

EL-ILL-01

I

I

BATTERY

•

~

::.

Refer to EL-PDWER.

75A

1361

W

BIR

W

I O~-----I.•

DL

BIR ~

Next page

BIR

rr=m

LIGHTING SWITCH

LIGHTING SWITCH

~:@)

~:@

:

o

L

BIR

@:

RIL

@):

rmwfnJ

TAIL TAIL/L FUSE SW TAILIL OUTPUT

@: DAYTIME LIGHT

@: @:

R

UNIT

*1'"

LE

~

RHOmodels LHD models without daytime light system Except@ LHD models with daytime light system For Europe and Israel Except @ @R/B.@R/Y. <])RIL

RIB

I._-:~)I__

.IO~O-

*1

II@> Next

page

r------------------------~ ~
~

HEL053

EL-116


Preced ing page

{<& ~ ~

Diagram -

ILL -

(Cont'd)

EL-ILL-02 ~f! BIR

C

Next

FUSE BLOCK

page

(JIB)

@ , (E106)

IN.81 *2.

B/R~

I~I BIR

To EL-F/FOG.

I t 0-

CHID

IN.81

I ~

RIG

-(C:-

o

~TO

RIG

EL-ILL-05

EI

OR

RIG


([@: @)

I!I,

FOG LAMP FRONT

SWITCH (ILLUMINA nON)

~([@:@ B

To EL-F IFOG

: :

@:

@: @: @:

.OR/B

LHO modeIs RHO models LHO models without daytime light system Models with daytime light system For Europe and Israe 1 Except @

if! . ..

*2'"

EI

JOINT

RIL

E

Next

page

CONNECTOR-1

~


~(fITQ)

rnJm]

B

CillIIITIIITIII ~

~

BR

HEL054

EL-117

•


Diagram -

ILL -

(Cont'd)

EL-ILL-03

Preceding page

FUSE BLOCK

C

Refer to EL-POWER.

(JIB)

~

RIG

m

METER ILLUMINATION @


ILL

lbiJl

IbiJI ~ B

*6

B BR/Y

~

It

':31METER

"'I~ ~O

1*.51 *6

I

@: @: @: @:

o

BR/Y BR/Y BR/Y

*3'" *4'" *5 ...

1_~_m_m_51 JOINT CONNECTOR-5

For Europe and Israel Except @ Models with tachometer Models without tachometer @ 27. @ 11 @34,@

5

@ 29, @ 10 @ B.@BR/Y

*6'" B

m

~:@

Preceding page

COMBINATION METER @

ILLUMINATION

~

~:@ ~

RIG

E

H

Next page

JOINT CONNECTOR-1 ~


ITillJ~ ~W L

~~ ~OR

~

ITIIIII1IIITIil ~

~

BR

HEL055

EL-118


Diagram -

ILL -

(Cont'd)

EL-ILL-04 Preceding page

F

I

Next page

FUSE BLOCK (JIB)

~

UN.BI

IN:I

RIG

RIG

I

I

RIG 4

RIG

II!'I

AIT

INDICATOR ILLUMINATION

m

ILLUMIA9
NATION

lbi=U@)

~~@)

Preceding page

RIG

B

B

I

B

RADIO (ILLUMINATION) ~

I

Irtil JOINT CONNECTOR-1 @

H

I!4Jl B :

:

I .-O~O..., I <: :>

LHO models RHOmodels

I

R

B

B

B

B

If-II ~~

~@

~

[IgJ

~W

ITIillIilllIITI

~


(M44)

W

@

~BR

HEL056

EL-119

•


Diagram -

ILL -

(Coni' d)

EL-ILL-05 FUSE BLOCK

Preceding page

: LHD mode 1s

:

(JIB)

RHD models Models with daytime light system *9 ... 13 , @ 3

@

DEFOGGER REAR WINDOW SWITCH (ILLUMINATION) ~

IN.BI RIG

IN.BI RIG

I RIG

Ii!9TI

i~i

Next page

RIG

~o

RIG •

I

RIG

~:

RIG

2

GLOVE BOX LAMP ;

l!4Jl RIW

II!'I

~

SWITCH HAZARD (ILLUMINATION)

~~ B

rn CLOSED

~:
RIG

t

B

JUNCTION BOX NO.2 (JOINT CONNECTORS)

1*.91

~

~

~E- ILL-02

RIG ~ HEADLAMP 6 WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH (ILLUMIII 7 II ~L:j=' NATION) (856):
GLOVE BOX LAMP OPEN SWITCH ~

I1~_I;

B

B

m

LL

B

CONNECTOR3 JOINT

_

K

---------------------'

~~ ~

W

W ~@

rIIII:ITITillTI ~: ~~

[Q]~ [IIg]

BR

Next~:
~:

1Irn','1Il~ 54213

W

alll@~ 45231 BR

rIIII:ITITillTI ~: ~


P

HEL057

EL-120


Diagram -

ILL -

(Cont'd)

EL-ILL-06 JUNCTION

~3~I~~.2

~~-ILL-03

~

(

RIG

~~~~ed1ng

-

~!r
~J

~;--I--------II~JI

~ .!r

RIG

(!II

I

I

RIG

(£1

12-31 COMPACT DISK DECK (ILLUMINATION)

LAMP REAR FOG

SWITCH

(ILLUMINATION)

FAN SWITCH (ILLUMINATION)

1

~:
~~:@

~:@

RIG

RIG

RIG

CONNECTOR-4

~~

B

B

I~L

I

B

m

JOINT CONNECTOR-2

~:
Preceding page

JOINT CONNECTOR-4

~:@ ~ B

I

~~ ~BR

LHD models RHO models For Europe and Except @

13

e-o-::c-o.., Israe

B

B

(M28)

@

R

:>

B

I B

B

1 1--1 i...J

,@ 3

~


~~

Ww

IIIIlII:illIill ~:
I <:

1

IIIIlII:illIill ~:

@

~P

HEL058

EL-121

•

INTERIOR LAMP Interior, Spot, Trunk Room and Luggage Room Lamps/Wiring Diagram - INT/L LHD MODELS

EL-INT/L-01 @: Sedan models

FUSE BLOCK

@: Hatchback mode Is @: Models with sun roof @: Models without sun roof

Refer to EL-POWER.

(JIB)

~ @)

IIT.311 IN;31 RIB RIB

@@) RIB 1II1} RIB

I• O~

0

,

t

RIB

ROOM i~iLUGGAGE LAMP

RIB

1~lrnu~

m

R

1bi=Jl@Q!)

R

m (ill)

•••

m@W B

~

~@)

I

r.

<:ITID ~~~ ~

W

I

(ill)

W

I:illliTI] @ ~W

ITIillIITillIII

(Ql05)

B -!~

B -!@

I

B

-!-

-!-

~

B

R/W ~Next page

~

wCBID(@@

rh-f:l@

BOX No.2 (JOINT CONNECTORS)

R/W

B

rn::g]

JLNCTION

~
B

~

~W

II~@WW 4567B

JOINT CONNECTOR-1

I.

~CID

fHiI'

(!) R/W

I•

B

B -!-

~ = R/W

B CBD

rn

B

c::ID

......

DOOR

B

~


OFF aID:@

ON

@)

IQP~~i~--------~qpl

@llID

CLOSED

CLOSED

~

LUGGAGE ROOM OPEN LAMP SWITCH

$@

<:BID:

ON OFF..... --

R

I R

INTERIOR LAMP

SPOT LAMP

c!J@}

lbi=Jl~

c!J

RIB

~~

ROOM LAMP

R

Im

t

RIB

W'

W'


W

n.o-r:l@llID

LUQ.LgJ

B

~BR

HEL061

EL-122

INTERIOR LAMP Interior, Spot, Trunk Room and Luggage Room Lamps/Wiring Diagram - INT/L - (Cont'd)

EL-INT/L-02 Preceding ~ page ~

R/W @:

R/W

Sedan and 5-door Hatchback models

t'UE\

db~ IUJJI(Jg)

R/W

I

i---O--s -H--°:l R/W

R/W

w=h

~

CLOSED

FRONT DOOR OPEN SWITCH (DRIVER'S SIDE)

FRONT DOOR OPEN SWITCH (PASSENGER SIDE) CLOSED @

@)

CLOSED

E~@ 5 Sj8I91Q1112

~@) W

'TIT

S

REAR DOOR

REAR DOOR

SWITCH LH @

RH

L!l

SWITCH

CLOSED

~

•

~@@ SR ' SR ' SR

HEL062

EL-123

INTERIOR LAMP Interior, Spot, Trunk Room and Luggage Room Lamps/Wiring Diagram - INT/L - (Cant' d) RHD MODELS

EL-INT/L-03 @: Sedan modeIs

FUSE BLOCK (JIB) Refer to EL-POWER.

<@>: Hatchback models @: Models with sun roof @: Models without sun roof

~

CID IIT.31 IIN~31 RIB RIB

I • O~

~

CRD

RIB ~

t

0

RIB

,

+

RIB

iLUGGAGE ROOM

RIB

RIB

IFh

IFh

LAMP

lbi=JI~

1~ITRU~ ROOM LAMP

R

R

I

n=h

I!:iJIcm R

dJ

~


B

B

4=ll B

2

W'

W

m

~QID 1 234

ITIII:illITIIIT

@

nB

B

B

I.J

1-

!

@

~

12

W

(O101)

W

~

R/W

J

W'

R/W

..sa--.

Next ~page

~


~am@)(][)

I:HiII I Iii] 45678 ~BR

B

~ @

JOINT CONNECTOR-1

~

I ,...,

B

~

(1)

~

f.

(0105)

R/W

~

I

@

rnA'\

1[jJ1~

JOINT CONNECTOR-4

.

B

('[@

R/W

r=:b\..B.1..l

4

B

~

CRD

B

• m@QD [jJ~ B

=

m qJ~

••

@

CLOSED

OFF C8!): @ .....(][):@ DOOR ~

B

@llQ)

CLOSED

ON

@

~

LUGGAGE ROOM OPEN LAMP SWITCH

c!J@

aID:

ON OFF..... --

R

R

INTERIOR LAMP

SPOT LAMP

c!:I~ 1biJI@QD

U:jJI~

~@~

~

RIB

W ' W

n-.,....c, (0110)

Cffi rk-O lli!.@ B

l..!..l2@

B

ITIII:illITIIIT ~

~

BR HEL063

EL-124

INTERIOR LAMP Interior, Spot, Trunk Room and Luggage Room Lamps/Wiring Diagram - INT/L - (Cont'd)

EL-INT/L-04 Preceding -Bl- R/W page ~

@: Sedan and 5-door Hatchback models

R/W

t""TIE\

r4:,~

I~I(@

R/W

I

i---O--s -H--°:l R/W

R/W

m

IT=h CLOSED

FRONT DOOR OPEN SWITCH (DRIVER' SIDE)

OPEN CLOSED

@)

REAR DOOR SWITCH

REAR DOOR SWITCH

LH CLOSED

FRONT DOOR SWITCH (PASSENGER SIDE) @

RH

@)

CLOSED

~

=

rill"lcm:> 'TIT S

•

A~~~

lJJ

SR '

SR '

SR

HEL064

EL-125

INTERIOR LAMP Bulb Specifications Wattage (W) Interior lamp

10

Spot lamp

10

Turn room lamp

3,4

Luggage room lamp

3,4

EL-126

METER AND GAUGES Combination Meter WITH TACHOMETER Gasoline engine Diesel engine

o RESISTOR (Gasoline engine)

DIODE

\*" \~\=S=I

o

~

=======~

,-,-----, \

1 8

2 9 310 411 12 13

@ @

1

514 615 716 6

z

27

z

34

0

0

~ Z ~

~ Z ~

~ Z ~

::J

--J

--J

:::!

:::!

::J

--J

:::!

~ ~

Diesel engine

@D

For Australia

@

Except for Australia

37 36 28

12 10

30

14

I --J

I

a:

~

Z

Z

0

a:

a: ::J

::J

l-

I-

a: 0

LlJ ILlJ

()

~

~ ()

I ()

is

0

--J ()

~ >---

~ ()

•

@

a:

z

0

::J

Gasoline engine

@J u. u.

~

--J

Z

0

0

a: 0 0 Cl

0 Cl

0

LlJ

~

--J LlJ

(J)

co

co

::>

u.

@

a:

~

(J)

0 --J CD

LlJ I

~

@ f:J LlJ

co

1=

0

@~

--J ()

a:::J LlJu.

f:J
U::~ 5

29

17

13

16

18

1

938 15

32 41 40 42 39 26

@

2

4

7

8

33

31

3

@ HEL065

EL-127

METER AND GAUGES Combination Meter (Cont'd) WITHOUT TACHOMETER

RESISTOR

11

z

5

0

~ ~

Z

:::> ....J

:::!

6

33 15

40

38

UJ

z

0 Z

14 12

CJ

UJ

~ ~

I ....J

z a:

:::>

:::>

....J

:::!

l-

~

I

a: z a:

:::>

:::>

~

0

....J

u

....J

UJ

U

I-

CJ
u..

0.:

U

~

~

~

I-

UJ

~

:s:

«

a:

0

~

....J

UJ

z

CJ

t= u

5

a:

0

>---ffi>---

a:

....J

u

0

[D

[D

0

UJ

:::>

u

a:

:::>

CJ

z

0 0 0

UJ

~

a: [D

....J

UJ

:::>

u..

u

:::>

u.. ....J

~ 10

13

32

30

36 31 4

37

8

3

2

28 35 29

HEL066

EL-128

METER AND GAUGES Speedometer, Tachometer, Gauges/Wiring Diagram -

Temp. and Fuel METER -

LHD MODELS WITH TACHOMETER

EL-METER-01 @: Gasoline engine @: Diesel engine *1"'@~ @@)

FUSE BLOCK Refer to EL-POWER. (JIB)

*2"'@ *3"'@ *4"'@ *5"'@

~ ~

~----.PU/R.

To EC-VSS, EC-COOL/F

I

, @) , @)

~' 7 B 1

, ,

(E230) 6 @ 7 @) B

PU/R

IFf3TI

COMBINATION METER (M30)~

~

SPEEDOMETER

~

~

R/Y

l4=ll G

L/OR

I

R/Y

It!

R

db@db 1114FI~- - - iIT3FI1 ......~

t o

'T"

R/Y

R

I I

R/Y

I

PU/W

G

G

II!I

R

R/Y

L/OR I~I@

I L/OR

R

I, RIt R/Y

(LeSJ

2027 L/OR

0 TACHO

SiR

8/R

Ll!

VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR

Cf@

~


I

I

db~

~@~ '=r'(g)'=r'

1fffiFn@ ITJI
IciJl ~:~~

CD

L/OR IU'Arn

II!@J~- - - ~lMJl

~

PU/W

TACHO

Ibi=ll

PU/W

FlU TANK

I$I@

GAUGE UNIT (818)

PU/W

I

1n

PU/W

8

8

8

&.J

ECM (ENGINE CONTROL MODULE) ~

CTI):@@:@m:D

(g)

1 8

~T~~ALTRANSMITTER

(E211)

_ ~

r------------------------------------------------, Refer to last page (Foldout page) . L

~

@

,

{W

~ ~@g)

rn:rn:IZlID ~ 1 GY ~2

em

~~ 8

~8

~

~~GID 56)819101112

W HEL067

EL-129

•

METER AND GAUGES Speedometer, Tachometer, Temp. and Fuel Gauges/Wiring Diagram - METER - (Co nt' d) LHD MODELS WITHOUT TACHOMETER

EL-METER-02 @: Gasoline engine @: Diesel engine

FUSE BLOCK Refer to EL-POWER. (J/B)

~

I

....

PU/R~

To EC-VSS

*1 ... @m *2"'@ ~' *3 ... @ 7 *4."@ 8 *5"'@ 1

@@

, @) (E230) ,@ 6 , @) 7 , @)

8

PU/R

rr=!2il SPEEDOMETER

~

~

B/R

R/Y

I

R/Y

R

1

R

~~

I t R

IJ

W rv

liJI~

PU/W

I

R

R/Y

~CBID

I

G

I$~
I

PU/W

G

I I CED

~

m@ +@)

11'i4F1~- - - ifI3Fll .......~ 'T"

FUEL TANK GAUGE UNIT

PU/W~ db~ I~ICEID

PU/W

(818)

I

PU/W

B

In


B

B/R ~ ~

~

COMBINATION METER @ @

PU/W

G G

db(M8) db

R/Y

~

I

R

R/Y

WATER TEMP. GAUGE

FUEL GAUGE

B

m THERMAL TRANSMITTER

B

1...1.1 w

CE211)

@ Refer to last page (Foldout page) .

L

<:MID , ~

~

~ ~~

rn:rnrrIID

~~ B

~B

&~O:ID 5 6

TI19101112

W

@IID 1

~2

GY HEL068

EL-130

METER AND GAUGES Speedometer, Tachometer, Temp. and Fuel Gauges/Wiring Diagram - METER - (Cont'd) RHO MODELS WITH TACHOMETER

EL-METER-03 IGNITION SWITCH ON or START lOA []]

@:

FUSE BLOCK

Gasoline engine CD engine @: GA engine for Australia @: GA engine for Europe @: Except @ *6"'@2 , @3 @:

Refer to EL-POWER.

(JIB)

Qill)

.... r- + PU/R

To EC-VSS. EC-COOL/F

PU/R

ffil

COMBINATION METER (M30)~

~

WATER TEMP. GAUGE

~

I

It

I

R/Y@R R/Y

I I

R/Y R/Y

R

R/Y

It

IJ

G

I

L/OR

~

I

PU/W

dJ (E24)

FUEL TANK GAUGE UNIT (B18)

Ibi=Jl (E202)

PU/W

I

0 0 t..lI n1 B

B/R

~

rn L/OR

TACHO


pu/w

I G

L/OR

R

~

It.ICMID (El0n

~@)

~CEID

ctJ(ffi>[f]

I

PU/W

~CMID

CD

L/OR~ ~ 49

R

~~~

I

t

R

~

PU/W

G

0

1~~_~8_i$/ ~

4=U G

~

L/OR

R

B/R

LI

PU/W

TACHO

B

~

ECM(ECCS CONTROL MODULE)

@

ECM(ENGINE CONTROL MODULE)
B

B

~T~~AL TRANSMITTER

(E2u)

@

r------------------------------------------------, Refer to last page (Foldout page) . L

~

(BID

(El0l)

Qill) ~~

rn:tIDZ:IID

~ B

~GY

R~ L!J

em B

@

~ 1 ~2

GY HEL069

EL-131

•

METER AND GAUGES Speedometer, Tachometer, Temp. and Fuel Gauges/Wiring Diagram - METER - (Cont'd) RHO MODELS WITHOUT TACHOMETER

EL-METER-04 IGNITION SWITCH ON or START 10A []]

FUSE BLOCK Refer to EL-POWER. (..)/B)

-

I............... PU/R~ To PU/R

EC-VSS

Iffi=n WATER TEMP. GAUGE

FUEL GAUGE

~

~

B/R

R

I

R/Y

Ir¥~<-~

2

I

pu/w

ItlCMID m

IrOJl ~::~

pu/w

G

I

I I

G

i FUEL

W

R/Y R ""!-'~r-!-. IW~ - - - ~LJUI 9F~"= R/Y R

Ifit

pu/w

G G

m i~1R R/Y

R/Y

I!4J1

~

I

R

lbj:JI

TANK GAUGE UNIT (BiB)

M


'V

@ID

B/R ~ ~

@

~=

pu/w

I

In i.J.l B

I

pu/w

pu/w

B

R

COMBINATION METER @ @

B

B

rFh

THERMAL TRANSMITTER (E2H)

@


CHID , ~
IIDIDlIID

B

~ 1 GY ~2

HEL070

EL-132

METER AND GAUGES Inspection/Fuel Gauge

~i5~

Combination

meter connector

Gauge and Water Temperature

@ INSPECTION

y

START

Voltmeter CHECK

POWER SOURCE.

1) Turn

ignition

2) Check GEL003

switch

voltage

(with

With tachometer

@

terminal

@

or

between

1) Turn

ignition

switch

2) Connect (Temp.)

Without tachometer

termi-

2) Ignition

relay

3) Fusible

link and fuse

4) Ignition

switch

NG

Repair

or replace

~

Repair

or replace.

NG

Repair

or replace.

gauge.

"ON".

@ (Fuel),

terminals

battery

meter

OK

OPERATION.

continuity

nal and combination

Battery voltage should exist.

GAUGE

the following

1) Harness

(without

and ground.

CHECK

Check items.

"ON".

between

tachometer)

tachometer)

NG

and ground

with

@

wire

for

less than 10 seconds. 3) Check

operation

of gauge.

Gauge should move smoothly to full scale.

@: @:

CHECK

HARNESS

CONTINUITY

between

terminals

as follows.

Continuity should exist.

Water temp. gauge Fuel gauge

Terminals

GEL004

[!J

Combination

meter connectors @

~15

.@

rttEEifIEBl {~u;:J9J w (With tachometer)@

Thermal

.

Combination meter connector

Thermal transmiller cannector

@

(1)

transmitter

connect~@TI)

With tachometer

d)

d) (1)

@

Without tachometer

Fuel tank gauge unit connectar

d)

@

fpu/

smma

(Without

CHECK

tachometer)@ ~

l..m

IV

Check

DISCONNECT

~]~rr (With tachometer) @

,-------

Fuel tank gauge unit connector

@ID

COMPONENT. gauge

units

and harness.

Refer to "Fuel Tank Gauge Unit Check" (EL-137) or "Thermal Transmitter Check" (EL-137).

Lcru

OK

I

mimEr")~

(Go to

I

@

on next page)

GEL005

EL-133

Refer to FE section. (Fuel gauge)

•

METER AND GAUGES Inspection/Fuel Gauge and Water Temperature Gauge (Co nt' d) Fuel tank gauge unit connector @W

~ Check harness continuity between fuel tank gauge unit harness terminal @

S

NG

Repair harness or connector.

NG

Check the following items. 1) Harness continuity

and body ground. Continuity should exist. OK

GEL006

Reinstall any part removed.

INSPECTION END

Inspection/Tachometer

~i)~

INSPECTIONSTART

Combination meter connector@

8mIIEJ

m

y

GEL007

CHECK POWER SOURCE. 1) Turn ignition switch "ON". 2) Check voltage between terminal @ and ground. Battery voltage should exist.

between battery terminal and combination meter 2) Ignition relay 3) Fusible link and fuse 4) Ignition switch

OK

~i3ID w1i7h:n

Combination meter connector @

LlOR

CHECK ECM OUTPUT. 1) Start engine.

SIR

2) Check voltage between terminals @ and @ at idle and 2,000 rpm. Higher rpm = Higher voltage GEL008

Lower rpm = Lower voltage Voltage should change with rpm.

Replace tachometer.

INSPECTION END

EL-134

NG

Check harness and connector between ECM and combination meter, or check ground.

METER AND GAUGES ... Combination meter connector

Inspection/Speedometer Sensor

~i5

raJ

@

(With tachometer) @

SYMPTOM: Speedometer stays at 0 km/h (0 MPH).

rB3mHJB fifiE 'B/R

and Vehicle Speed

INSPECTION START

B/R

I I I I I I I

GEL009

~i)~

Combination meter connector @

CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT OF SPEEDOMETER. Check continuity between terminal @ (with tachometer) or @ (without tachometer) and body ground. Continuity should exist.

NG


CHECK SPEEDOMETER CIRCUIT. 1) Turn ignition switch "ON". 2) Check voltage between terminal @ (with tachometer) or @) (without

NG


OK

Replace speedometer.

NG

Replace vehicle speed sensor.

y

Voltmeter

tachometer) and body ground. Battery voltage should exist.

GEL003

[!J

~vehiCle

speed sensor

This connector should remain connected.. Vehicle speed sensor pinion

Combination meter connectors

OK

[!J CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR OUT-

. ~

PUT. 1) Remove vehicle speed sensor from transaxle.

~i5

2) Check voltage between terminals @ and @l (with tachometer) or @ and @ (without tachometer) while quickly turning speed sensor pinion. Voltage: Approx. 0.5V

(With tachometer)

rEEElBBE3]

~=IR@

NG

~i5 ~ ~ BmEEEa_1 RIY~oojR (Without tachometer)

@

I;] CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR. Check resistance between terminals and @.

CD

Resistance: Approx. 250ft

@

GEL010

Repair harness or connector between speedometer and vehicle speed sensor.

Vehicle speed sensor connector ~

~i5 m

INSPECTION END

RIY

R

GEL011

EL-135

•

METER AND GAUGES Inspection/Speedometer Sensor (Cont'd)

and Vehicle Speed

SYMPTOM: Speedometer indication flutters. INSPECTION START

Is vehicle speed sensor installed properly? Check looseness and so on.

NG ----..

Install vehicle speed sensor properly.

Speed sensor pinion OK

AEL061

m

Combination meter connector

~io

Do you feel resistance when turning vehicle speed sensor pinion?

(With tachometer)

@ RIY

Replace vehicle speed sensor.

NG

Repair harness and con-

Ii)

R

Vehicle speed sensor connector @ID ~

rID

Check continuity between speedometer terminals and vehicle speed sensor terminals. Continuity should exist.

DISCONNECT

~y

Ie::

~'IJU

~ &5 ~

(Without tachometer)

"-= ~

No

Yes

~

~l

----..

RIY

_-----J

Combination meter terminal

I I Combination

I meter R' connectors @

I BElmmI

___________ '

Vehicle speed sensor terminal

@

@

@

@

With tachometer

Without tachometer

GEL012

OK

Replace speedometer.

EL-136

---..

nector.

METER AND GAUGES Fuel Tank Gauge Unit Check • For removal, refer to FE section ("FUEL SYSTEM"). Check the resistance between terminals (G) and (E). Resistance value (0)

Ohmmeter Float position mm (in) (+) '1

H '3

G

MEL622D

E

*1 and '3: When

float

36 (1.42)

Full

Approx. 4 - 6

'2

1/2

86 (3.39)

27 - 35

'1

Empty

131 (5.16)

78 - 85

rod is in contact

with stopper.

Thermal Transmitter Check Check the resistance between the terminals mitter and body ground.

of thermal

trans-

Ohmmeter Water

temperature

Resistance

60'G (140'F)

Approx.

70 - 90Q

100'G (212'F)

Approx.

21 - 24Q

~SEL233P

Vehicle Speed Sensor Signal Check ~

Vehicle speed

~

~sensor

~y<

1. 2.

Remove vehicle speed sensor from transaxle. Turn speedometer pinion quickly and measure across CD and ~.

voltage

{/l

Voltmeter

[Y] Approx. O.5V [Alternating current (AG)] SEL840T

• EL-137

WARNING LAMPS AND BUZZER Warning Lamps/Schematic w

(f)

NATS SECURITY INDICATOR

:J

>-

l.L

[[

W ff
NATS IMMU

UG

CD

ABS

ABS CONTROL UNIT

OIL OIL PRESSURE SWITCH FUEL FUEL TANK GAUGE UNIT WASHER WASHER FLUID LEVEL SWITCH DOOR FRONT DOOR SWITCH (Driver's

side)

FRONT DOOR SWITCH (Passenger

side)

I

U

f-

W (f)

H

3:f-

:J

(f)[[

l.L

REAR ODOR SWITCH LH

=

Zf-

O(f) H

REAR ODOR SWITCH RH

f-L

HO

Z C!JZ

BELT

WARNING BUZZER UNIT

HO

BRAKE Q)

= BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH

(I)

D. 0

rl

Q)

L

D 0

::J W

E

L

PARKING BRAKE SWITCH

C

ro

0 ""-

D

(I)

Q) (f)

ALTERNATOR

rl

ro

Q)

D 0

'M rl

ro

E

Q)

OJ

c Q)

C Q)

.M

OJ

.M

.M

C

rl

Q)

C .M rl

0 (I)

ro

Q) (I) Q) .M

C!J 0

+'

L

Q)

.....

0 ""-

L

.M rl

(I)

::J
(I)

ro

.....

D. Q)

0

L 0

C!J l.L

ro

.0

ro

C rl

(I)

::J
Q)

C Q)

ro

C OJ

ro

..... ~ u L

Q)

C .M

D C

u x W

=

.c

U

FUEL FILTER SWITCH

ro

I

L

GLOW

ECM (ENGINE CONTROL MODULE)

0 0 D I lD

@@~@@@

MALFUNCTION INDICATOR


AIR BAG AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT HEL082

EL-138

WARNING LAMPS AND BUZZER Warning Lamps/Wiring Diagram -

WARN -

LHD MODELS WITH TACHOMETER

EL-WARN-01 IGNITION SWITCH ON or START 10A

rn

FUSE BLOCK

Refer to EL-POWER.

@: @):

(JIB)

Qill)

Gasoline engine Gasoline engine for Europe Diesel engine

@:

COMBINATION METER

GS


~

~

;

I

NATS SECURITY INDICATOR ~:@)

IbjJ

ORIL@

OR

~@

rrf9il

LIB

I

m

INO LAMP NATS OUTPUT IMMU (Refer to EL-NATS.) ~:@)

ORIL ~ LEO-R

I'T I LIB

ctJ (M71)

49

ORIL

OR

~ @)

~

OR

ORIL

P

ABS

GLOW

L B

OR

u'ECCS [~JCM ECM CONTROL MODULE) (Refer to EC-MIL.)

GIL

CIT):@

(ENGINE CONTROL MODULE) (Refer to EC-GLOW.)

(8115)

LIB

13-01 FAIL LAMP

ABS CONTROL UNIT (Refer to BR-ABS.) (8111)

@:@)


r-------------------------------,

IIIII~ 12

B

~~@ 1211J09lv

6 5

&~~ 5 6 j819101112

W

W

HELD?1

EL-139

•

WARNING LAMPS AND BUZZER Warning Lamps/Wiring Diagram (Cont'd) ~: ~:

EL-WARN-02

@: Models with dual air bag system @: Models with single air bag system

Gasoline engine Diesel engine

WARN -

Preceding A page

COMBINATION METER FUEL

@

DIL

AIR BAG ~

~

~

BR/W

~ G/A

B/A

f

~

P/L

I

o'

I ~CMID

~m

P/L BR/W~

BR/W tUi5'"\

~~

~~ ~~

~CW

BR/W

~
I BR/W

~~

t

G/R Q:ID

B/R

BR/W

~@ G/R

P /L

I

meW)

~~ ~

m BR/W

I

I~ W/L

I

AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT (Refer to RS-SRS .) aD:@

c:J W/L

@:@

B

B

P/L

m ....._-

B

t.J J ~

I

o~ I

~

in

rE'\\

P/L ~

FUEL TANK GAUGE _ UNIT HIGH (B18)

AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT (Refer to RS-SRS .)

~~ ~

P/L ~

G/R

SPIRAL CABLE

I

P /L

iE='iA'\

HIGH

OIL PRESSURE SWITCH ~

~


~~Q:ID 5 6 J8I9IDH

~~

~~

~B

~B

12

W

CHID

(E1OD

HELon

EL-140

WARNING LAMPS AND BUZZER Warning Lamps/Wiring Diagram (Cont'd)

WARN -

EL-WARN-03 ~: ~:


COMBINATION METER ~ Preceding page

B

FILTER

BRAKE

4=U

~

YIB

r ~

20

~ I 2..a I
YIR

~2 CD

m JOINT ~ONNECTOR ~

2

~

ORIL

Y/R

I$~ - - - CEl0l)-- - - - ~$~ --------------~ufJl

I ~~~

YIB

I

Y/B m1

_-

JUN~TION BOX NO.2 (JOINT CONNECTORS)

I

YIB

I

llWJ YIR

ORIL

YIB ~O

~@ I~I @g)

.... RELEASED

~

PARKING BRAKE SWITCH ~

ORIL

YIR

Y/R ~

Y/R@Z)

I~I '=r ~

I~I '=rCE2Q1)

YIR •

.... HIGH

_-

_

_.

~O~

BRAKE FLUID LOW LEVEL

I

FUEL HIGH FILTER

~~~~CH

Y/R

rn 11:"

~~~~~H@)

LOW~--

II2 II

II2 II

T

T

f---t, B

.....

YIR

E

1

ALTERNATOR @@@)

~

B

B

.....

-l (E205)

~-------------------------------~ Refer to last page (Foldout page) . L

CHID

~

(E 10 1)

(M19)

F.=I~ L.!J B

ITIillJIIIIIIII ~

~~

tml

~BR

Ii\Clli tg) GY

~~

GY

IIDID:IID

B

r-----------.,

@ GY

I I ,.hh (E206) Ilh,@ IL.

GY

~ ~

I I

(E233) -'

1 I

HEL073

EL-141

•


WARN -

EL-WARN-04 @:

5-door Hatchback and Sedan models


C DOOR

WASHER

~

~

RIW

(!J~NCTI~

alP

BOX NO.2 (JOINT CONNECTORS)

~~

luiEll (MS)

RIW

SIP ~

[IJ(]g)

•

I

•

0

~

SIP

;h@

WASHER FLUID LOW LEVEL SWITCH HIGH-~ OPEN

_CLOSED ......

REAR DOOR SWITCH LH

OPEN

_CLOSED ......

-

~:@

REAR DOOR SWITCH RH ~:@

OPEN

_CLOSED ......

-

OPEN

FRONT DOOR SWITCH DRIVER'S smE

(@)

@)

56TII91Q1112

a

_CLOSED

I

......

FRONT DOOR SWITCH PASSENGER SIDE

&~GID

~

W

~@ l.1.@

f. S

B

-!-

-!-

~

@D

Refer to last page (Foldout page) . B

CMID

(M19)

~~(@)

[l SR

' BR ' SR

rfi2l@) N a

HEL074

EL-142


WARN -

(Conl'd) RHD MODELS WITH TACHOMETER

EL-WARN-05 ~: ~: FUSE BLOCK

Refer to EL-POWER.

(JIB)

Gasoline engine Gasoline engine for Europe Diesel engine For Australia Gasoline engine except ~ GA engine for Australia

~: ~: ~: ~:

*2"'@24

,~1B

COMSINA TION METER @) @) GS


ASS

GLOW

P

!

NATS SECURITY INDICATOR ~:@

~

~

~

OR

ORIL

Ictl

I

'4OR=Jl

LIB QQD

I$I@

I, I
I

n=til

I

OR

LIB

SB

13.0 I

0U

NATS IMMU (Refer to EL-NATS.) @:~

71

L B

ORIL

IND LAMP OUTPUT

SB

ORIL~ ORIL

OR

~

LIB

r

LED-R

GIL

FAIL LAMP

ECM (ECCS CONTROL MODULE) (Refer to EC-MIL.)

ECM (ENGINE CONTROL MODULE) (Refer to EC-GLOW.) @:@

ABS CONTROL UNIT (Refer to BR-ABS.)

@: ~

u1il

WARN (SEAT BELT) WARNING BUZZER UNIT @:@

(8111)

r---------------------------------,


(f1lli)

(ED

IIIII~ 12

~~
B

@ 1112 W (8111)

~~@ 12111091V

~@ 6 5

W

~W HEL075

EL-143

•

WARNING LAMPS AND BUZZER Warning Lamps/Wiring Diagram (Cont'd) @: @:

WARN -

EL-WARN-06 Models with dual air bag system Models with single air bag system

Preceding page

0

COMBINATION

FUEL

METER @ @

OIL

AIR BAG ~

~

BR/W OA

~

B/R

G/R

I

I

t

$6

ill)

BR/W

P!L

0

P/L

1$1~CHID P!L

BR/W It:J CHID M8 13•GI ~ BR/W

BR/W~

~

I BR/W

I

G/R <:MID

B/R

I$I@)

-!
G/R

I

m
G/R

P/L~

~~ ~ P!L ~

m

I

SPIRAL CABLE

BR/W

OIL

AIR il-51 BAG CJAIR DIAGNOSIS W/L SENSOR UNIT

O W/L

...... _HIGH

BAG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT

(Refer to

PRESSURE SWITCH ~

(Refer to

RS-SRS.)

RS-SRS.) (fl): @

ill): @

Refer to last page (Foldout page) . L

CHID

~

l!Qgill.

9

IIL.m

(108) BR

~

~~

tmm:rnJ

B

RCE209)

L!J B

HEL076

EL-144

WARNING LAMPS AND BUZZER Warning Lamps/Wiring Diagram (ConI' d)

WARN -

EL-WARN-07 Preceding

E

page

8RAKE

FILTER

lbjJ

~

V8

EU

~O I

~~

~A

VR

Yffl

~

~

.1

~

-

Y/R ~

Y/8

ffi O~

Y 18

EU

~

" __

.Ji1

II~

YIR

~

~4

EU

~

JOINT ~gNNECTOR IU"'i'A\

IWI~:~ =r'

JOINT

A'i"E'..

Y/R

~:@

4

Y/8

1..«-0

1$1 @ Y/8

T

I

Y/8

() EU

CHID

Y18

ORIL

It~----------i$1 $100

@)

-1

WL

1

1

PARKING PULLED ~~~~~H ~

'-HIGH

8RAKE FLUID LOW LEVEL SWITCH

I4J 8

@: Gasoline engine @: Diesel engine @: For Australia @: For Europe @: Except for Europe

~~6J(][) ~

m

ffl

W

11111

RELEASED

Y'R

@

Y/R

I~I ~

HIGH

LOW'--

~

~8

FUEL FILTER

YIR

~

rn ':' I

SWITCH @:@

ALTERNATOR

E

11---1; I I

~

8

...

8

8

-!-

.....

~

CE2(6) ~

=

CE51)

CE205)

r---------------------------------~ Refer to last page (Foldout page) .

<:BID

~~:@ ~

F.=l~ L!.J 8

m@ 'IN

GY

~@:@)

u.w

W

OR

ffi2i3T4l rn::tilllID ~ 8

~------------.,

: \b.@ ~ CE2(6) B I I

L

~ ~ E 8

: I I

.I

HELD??

EL-145

•


WARN -

(Coni' d)

EL-WARN-08 @: @:

5-door Hatchback and Sedan models Except for Australia


F DOOR

WASHER

U3i I

~

RIW

m

B/P JOINT CONNECTOR-1 @

~

~(M6)

[jJ(]ID RIW

•

0

~

B/P ,t, (MS) B/P ~

I

• WASHER FLUID LOW LEVEL SWITCH @:@

,--

HIGH OPEN

'-CLOSED REAR DOOR SWITCH LH ~:<@)

OPEN

'-CLOSED REAR DOOR SWITCH RH @:@

OPEN

'-CLOSED FRONT DOOR SWITCH PASSENGER SIDE ~

OPEN

,-CLOSED

FRONT DOOR SWITCH DRIVER'S SIDE (][)

Fa@ I.1l£J B

E!l ~@~ BR'

~ B

I

r. B

~

8

~

~


@

~

rfi2l (89) BR' BR

m

B

HEL078

EL-146


WARN -

WITHOUT TACHOMETER

EL-WARN-09 FUSE 8LOCK (J/8)

:

Refer to EL-POWER.

LHD models RHO models

@:

~


;

NATS SECULITY INDICATOR

4=Jl OR

ORIL

P/L

I

I

I

~01> 0

P IL f'UCi"\ ~~ III7FII T"' ~

ORIL Illii'n\

1i1'9il~ ~@

~

~ G/R

~

~

P

FUEL

OIL

P /L

P/L

ORIL

f'UCi"\

~~ '9F (El0n

G/R ~

G/R ~

IlJdjl

1c!J1@ 1$1

P/L

G/R

t...oJ>

~O~ I

I

G/R

m

P/L~

c!J1illI

FUEL TANK GAUGE UNIT LOW (818)

~(E202)

P/L

IFh

INO LAMP NATS IMMU OUTPUT (Refer to EL-NATS.) L-

__

m

ORIL

OR

--'

@>

0 LEO -R

4 (ECCS ECM HI~H-CONTROL MODULE) (Refer to EC-MIL.)

(@

G/R

OIL LOW PRESSURE SWITCH

HIGH

~

~

r.ni.Jln 888

B

2 ill)

~-------------------------------~


~~@ 5 6 j819iO

1112

W

CHID

(E10!)

ill)

IIIII~ 128

~~@ l21U091V

([j])

~(E202) 6 5

W

rn::rn:rz::tm

<:lliTI) GY

8

HEL079

EL-147

•


WARN -

EL-WARN-10 G

COMBINATION METER @)@>

~ BR/W

~

t-:l•

Y/R

•

o~

DiAA

It

B/R

BR/W

~
BR/W

BR/W

I"UD\

:---.

R

2

t~ I

rn I!:jJJ

Y/R

I'TIO\

1i1tn~~~ !!JI
Y/R

BR/W~

Y/R

I"UD\

I$II~

~~

Y/R

Y/R

JOINT CONNECTOR-1 ~ I'TIO\

IlJI

t.o.i

I~I@) BR/W

I

Y/R ~ .-4-,~

BR/W

m~

~

ViR ~

O

L

SPIRAL CABLE

~

BR/W

(D: LHD models (8): RHD models @: Models with dual air bag system @: Models with single air bag system

B

-!

UNIT

(Refer to RS-SRS.).

ALTERNATOR @ID @ID

~

AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR

O 111511 W/L

E

(E205)

em

~-------------------------------,

Refer to last page (Foldout page) . @

~-------------------------------~ ITlIIillIillIII ~

@ BR

~~ ~B

~-------------.,

~@ [g]lJTIJ

:IrnGY~

W

I L

~

: I I

.J

HEL080

EL-148


WARN -

EL-WARN-11 Preceding page

H

COMBINATION METER ~

BRAKE

~

Y/B

.... I

:

o

+Y:: NR

NR

Y/B~:

~

.,... ~ Y/B

m

LOW

,-HIGH

BRAKE FLUID

ctJ

~~~~EH '-~

BRAKE FLUID

n

~

Y/S

T--

I

Y/B

~ II1 II

~~~~EH

HIGH

,--

RELEASED

~

I III,

Ef1'~O

" l!ffi

~

1

I$I(~:;

I----.~

m Y/S

([)

Y/B

ICiJI@ Y/B

I$ICMID

.

Europe

~

~@)

~

I~I ~

20

-----D-O

I

O-
~ JOINT CONNECTOR-5 ~@):@ ....

*5 ...

I

*~Y/B---~O JUNCTION BOX NO.2 I (JOINT CONNECTORS)

~I *.5

LHD mode1s

@: RHO models
PARKING SRAKE SWITCH ~

(E51)

Refer to last page (Foldout page) . (Me)

(E1Ot)

(fill) ~@) ~OR

m@

m

GY

t1\@ tgj

GY

R (B14)

W

B

HEL081

EL-149

•


WARN -

(Coni' d)

EL-WARN-12 Preceding page

I COMBINA nON METER ~

DOOR

112•81

R/W

~:

*~1 JUNCTION 80X NO.2 (JOINT CONNECTORS) ~:
rn '*.61

*6 ...

LHD models RHO models 5-door Hatchback Sedan models

21

,
and

4

JOINT CONNECTORS-1

@:

R/W

~I m~ R/W

wt;,CMID

'iJ@

R/W

R/W

IUC'\

~@) R/W

*~ I

.-----

_1IIIIII(~)II_.1

I

R/W

u=tn OPEN _CLOSED

OPEN _CLOSED .....

FRONT DOOR SWITCH DRIVER'S SIDE @)

OPEN _CLOSED

.....

FRONT DOOR SWITCH PASSENGER SIDE ~

-

-

.....

REAR DOOR SWITCH LH ~:~

CillIITillTIIil ~ ~BR

~~@) 5 6 jelvo

r1T2l@)

lID""

B

1112

-

OPEN _CLOSED .....

REAR DOOR SWITCH RH @):~

-


~

W

UJ

~@)@) BR ' SR ' SR

HEL 198

EL-150

WARNING LAMPS AND BUZZER Oil Pressure Switch Check Ohmmeter

-

Oil pressure kPa (bar, kg/cm2,

+

More than 10 - 20 (0.10 - 0.20, 0.1 - 0.2, 1.4 - 2.8)

NO

Engine stop

Less than 10 - 20 (0.10 - 0.20, 0.1 - 0.2, 1.4 - 2.8)

YES

the terminals

of oil pressure

Fuel Warning Lamp Sensor Check

Test lamp 3.4W ON \ , I

"

Engine start

Check the continuity between switch and body ground.

SEL748K

Continuity

psi)

/

•

It will take a short time for the bulb to light.

Ballery

Test lamp 3.4W OFF

~0 CD

Ballery

Gasoline MEL623D

Diode Check • •

Check continuity using an ohmmeter. Diode is functioning properly if test results are as shown in the figure at left.

NOTE: Specification may vary depending on the type of tester. Before performing this inspection, be sure to refer to the instruction manual for the tester to be used.

SEL901F

•

Diodes for warning lamps are built meter printed circuit. Refer to "Combination Meter" (EL-127).

into the combination

Warning Buzzer Unit •

Seat belt warning lamp is controlled unit. Refer to "Warning Buzzer" (EL-152).

EL-151

by the warning

buzzer

•

WARNING LAMPS AND BUZZER Warning Buzzer/System

Description

The warning buzzer is controlled by the warning buzzer unit. Power is supplied at all times (RHD models except for Europe) • through 7.5A fuse (No. [fA] , located in the fuse block) • to key switch terminal CD. Power is supplied at all times (LHD models without daytime light system) • through 75A fusible link (letter [.9J, located in the fusible link and fuse box). • to lighting switch terminal @. (LHD models with daytime light system and RHD models) • through 10A fuse (No. ~J , located in the fuse block) • to lighting switch terminal @. Power is supplied at all times (Except for Australia) • through 7.5A fuse (No. ~ , located in the fusible link and fuse box) • to rear fog lamp switch terminal CD. With the ignition switch in the ON or START position, power is supplied • through 7.5A fuse (No. 11J, located in the fuse block) • to warning buzzer unit terminal @ (LHD models except for Australia) or CD (For Australia). When driver's door is opened, ground is supplied • through body grounds @ and @ • to driver's side door switch terminal @ • through driver's side door switch terminal G) • to warning buzzer unit terminal @ (Except for Australia) or (J) (For Australia). With power and ground supplied, the warning buzzer will sound. Ignition key warning buzzer (RHO models except for Europe) With the key in the ignition switch in the OFF position, and the driver's door open, the warning will sound. A battery positive voltage is supplied • from key switch terminal CID • to warning buzzer unit terminal CID (Except for Australia) or @) (For Australia). Ground is supplied • from driver side door switch terminal G) • to warning buzzer unit terminal @ (Except for Australia) or (J) (For Australia). Driver side door switch terminal @ is grounded through body grounds @ and @. Light warning

buzzer

buzzer

With ignition switch OFF, driver's door open, and lighting switch in 1ST or 2ND position, warning buzzer will sound. A battery positive voltage is supplied (LHD models without daytime light system) • from lighting switch terminal @ • through 10A fuse (No. @ID , located in the fusible link and. fuse box) • to warning buzzer unit terminal @>. (LHD models with daytime light system) • from lighting switch terminal @ • to daytime light unit terminal @ • through daytime light unit terminal @> • to warning buzzer unit terminal @> (RHD models) • from lighting switch terminal @ • to warning buzzer unit terminal @> (Except for Australia) or @ (For Australia). Ground is supplied • from driver side door switch terminal G) • to warning buzzer unit terminal @ (Except for Australia) or (J) (For Australia). Driver side door switch terminal @ is grounded through body grounds (!ill and @. Rear fog lamp switch warning

buzzer (For Europe models)

With ignition switch OFF, driver's door open, and rear fog lamp switch ON, warning A battery positive voltage is supplied

EL-152

buzzer will sound.

WARNING LAMPS AND BUZZER Warning Buzzer/System Description (Cont'd) • from rear fog lamp switch terminal @ • to warning buzzer unit terminal @. Ground is supplied • from driver side door switch terminal (1) • to warning buzzer unit terminal @. Driver side door switch terminal CID is grounded through body grounds (ill) and @.

• EL-153

WARNING LAMPS AND BUZZER Warning Buzzer/Wiring

Diagram -

BUZZER -

LHD MODELS

EL-BUZZER-01

I BATTERY I

•

~-17-5A-~'

m

W

FUSE to BLOCK Refer (JIB) EL-POWER.

10. 1361

7.5A

B/R

@: With daytime light system G1@:WithoutdaytimelightsYstem *1".@B/R W ,@ G *2 ...@ RIL @ W/R • @R/Y ~ *3".@R/B

! ~~1) I.-", 1$1

L

1I1DI

P

LIGHTING SWITCH ~

m

IN~41

P

*1

will

~

1431

•

IGN SW RR FOG SW

WARNING BUZZER UNIT

DOOR SW (DR) @

lbjdJ

~

PU/R

I!JjJJ

ttl

']'t4IJUNCTION BOX NO.2 (JOINT CONNECTORS) [ ~------1I~41
*2

I O~ DL

PU/R

m

W/R

[iJt~:1 I_-.I~o B/R

RIL TAILIL

SW

rm

TAIL/L FUSE

I..-.--

OFF

\bj::tl

[jJ (]V R ~ II1 II DOOR SWITCH OPEN DRIVER'S

~

B

SIDE

IJ:i=n

• rnlU...., f. CONNECTOR-3

B

---J

I

I

DAYTIME LIGHT UNIT

(]ID

CLOSED

I JOINT

RIB

TAILIL OUTPUT

~@)

~

tt Ii1'on

t

REAR IND FOG LAMP SWITCH

t

R/Y

will

R

=jF

B

@

~

B

B

~

~

~

B

B

~ ~ @ll)@ Refer to last page (Foldout page) .

~~ ~BR

(BID ~

IIITIillIIITIIT ~BR

@

~~@) 56j8191OU12

W

r1TmCW

TIT'

B

~

• (106) •

~~ ~GY HEL083

EL-154

WARNING LAMPS AND BUZZER Warning Buzzer/Wiring Diagram (Cont'd)

BUZZER -

RHO MODELS EXCEPT FOR AUSTRALIA

EL-BUZZER-02

I BATTERY I •

t:1

~.7.1~.~A.I -_.~

FUSE Refer to BLOCK EL-POWER. (JIB)

(E106)

B/R

I

frill

P

For Europe Except for Europe

LIGHTING SWITCH

~llli:D I~ICMID P

(E107)

RR FOG SW@

KEY

DOOR

SW@

IbjdJ

IbjdJ

PU/R

BR/Y

It

t

I

(M33)

SW (DR)

~ R

I

R

~@ 1C}l1C@

PU/R

m

WARNING BUZZER UNIT

R

IND OFF

REAR FOG LAMP SWITCH ~: @

I

KEY-IN SWITCH @:@

IN

R

m

OUT

DOOR SWITCH OPEN DRIVER'S

~

~

BR/Y

B

I BR/Y

1

(1)

SIDE

CLOSED

JOINT CONNECTOR-4

~

l!:j:!J (E10t)

B

I~ICBID

(M59)

n

U1 t..J 1 ,.1

B

~

B

B

em:>

I

BR/Y

i.

B

@

8

8

-!-

-!-

(811)

(832)


CHID , (E101)
IIfIIIITIillTII ~P

@

~

~

~

ITJ:g]

~BR

(E115) W

rffll @)

m

B

~:EL084

EL-155

•

WARNING LAMPS AND BUZZER Warning Buzzer/Wiring Diagram -

BUZZER -

(ConI' d) FOR AUSTRALIA

EL-BUZZER-03

I BATTERY I I

~10A

FUSE BLOCK

SiR

L:J 1361

(JIB)

Refer to EL-POWER.

~

rrfnJ LIGHTING SWITCH

m

KEY-IN SWITCH @

IN OUT

To EL-WARN"

SB

~ BR/Y

-,

~

101

~CBID

BR/Y

SB

RIG

SEAT BELT WARN

LIGHT SW

rn

I m

BR/Y

ffi

G

ffi IGN

KEY SW DOOR SW (DR)

GND

WARNING BUZZER UNIT

SW

@

~

~

R

B

Ii1=nCBID

1

rn

~@) R

JOINT CONNECTOR-4 ~

m

'I n Utit.Ji

OPEN CLOSED

8

@
~@ ~W

DOOR SWITCH DRIVER'S SIDE @)

-:!:-

B

~
([fi)

W

B

~

~

Refer to last page '(Foldout page) .

~@) W

i-, B

~

~

t

B

ITIillJIIIIII1T ~ ~P

HEL085

EL-156

WARNING LAMPS AND BUZZER Components Inspection -

~i3~

IGNITION

m

Warning buzzer unit connector @ ,~

II I I IItflm1U

@

l~V

[tlIffiJl 'G

~--------_ ..._--._,

I ,

I

I'

POWER SUPPLY CHECK

IGNITION POWER SUPPLY CHECK 1) Turn ignition switch to "ON". 2) Measure voltage between warning

GI

@

Warning Buzzer

NG

Check the following. 1) 7.SA fuse (No. II] , located in fuse block [JIB)) 2) Harness

buzzer unit connector and body ground.

"'_ ":'"

Destination

Connector No.

Terminal No.

For Australia

@

(1)


@

@

SEL515U

Batlery voltage should exist.

OK Ignition power supply is OK.

~ 15

Warning buzzer unit connector

@ ,@

I

-"'-----1 [rnlli

~ __ I._ITIJ1.B~. ~R

__ )

m

DOOR SWITCH CHECK

DOOR SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CHECK Check continuity between warning

I I II @jj)

~~Ijjll

@jj)

DRIVER'S


1 SEL512U

Destination

Cannector No

Terminal No.

For Australia

@

(t)

Except for Austraiia

@

@)

Door switch condition and continuity Open

Close

Yes

No

NG

--..

Check the following. 1) Driver's door switch 2) Driver's door switch ground circuit 3) Harness (continuity and ground short)

1

0K

Driver's door switch is OK.

• EL-157

~i)


II I I I

WARNING LAMPS AND BUZZER Components Inspection (Cont'd) LIGHTING SWITCH CHECK @ ,@

IFfI1L ill @ f I I

~

144J,..!--!}~~~_ ===::::..1. .. )

~

1 L::.

Fa LIGHTING SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CHECK Measure voltage between warning buzzer unit connector and body ground.

RIGI

@

Warning Buzzer

SEL514U

Destination

Cannector No.

Terminal No.

For Australia

@

@


@

@)

NG

Check the following. 1) 10A fuse (No. [lli ), and 75A fuse (No. [!] 2) Lighting switch 3) Harness

Lighting switch condition and voltage [VI 1st or 2nd

OFF

Approx. 12

0

OK

Lighting switch is OK.

IGNITION KEY-IN SWITCH SIGNAL CHECK models except for Europe Warning buzzer unit connector @ ,@

III I I'Ff,l1fLLDJ 'BRN


I

@

18 5~~~~~~'C)

Fa KEY-IN SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CHECK Measure voltage between warning

@

RHO

NG

Check the following. 1) 7.5A fuse (No. [W , located in fuse block [JIB])

i~ ~

Cannector No.

Terminal No

For Australia

@

CID

RHO models except for Australia

@

(9J

Destination

SEL513U

Ignition key condition and voltage [VI Inserted

Approx 12

OK

Ignition key switch is OK.

EL-158

Removed

0

2) Ignition key switch 3) Harness

)

~i) Iff fl9LLO I


II I

I I

WARNING LAMPS AND BUZZER Components Inspection (Cont'd)

Warning Buzzer

REAR FOG LAMP SWITCH CHECK models

@)

For Europe

m

I

REAR FOG LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CHECK Measure voltage between warning buzzer unit connector terminal @ and

NG

Check the following.

rm )

1) 7.5A fuse (No. 2) Rear fog lamp switch 3) Harness

body ground. SEL516U

Condition

Voltage [V]

Rear fog lamp switch ON

Approx. 12

Rear fog lamp switch OFF

0

OK

Rear fog lamp switch is OK.

• EL-159

WIPER AND WASHER Front Wiper and Washer/System

Description

WIPER OPERATION The wiper switch is controlled by a lever built into the combination switch. There are three wiper switch positions: • LO speed • HI speed • INT (Intermittent) With the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position, power is supplied • through 20A fuse (No. BID , located in the fuse block) • to wiper motor terminal CID. Low and high speed wiper operation Ground is supplied to wiper switch terminal @ through body grounds (ill) and @. When the wiper switch is placed in the LO position, ground is supplied • through terminal @ of the wiper switch • to wiper motor terminal @. With power and ground supplied, the wiper motor operates at low speed. When the wiper switch is placed in the HI position, ground is supplied • through terminal @ of the wiper switch • to wiper motor terminal (j). With power and ground supplied, the wiper motor operates at high speed. Auto stop operation With wiper switch turned OFF, wiper motor will continue to operate until wiper arms reach windshield base. When wiper arms are not located at base of windshield with wiper switch OFF, ground is provided • from terminal @ of the wiper switch • to wiper motor terminal @, in order to continue wiper motor operation at low speed. Ground is also supplied • through terminal @ of the wiper switch • to wiper amplifier terminal @ • through terminal (J) of the wiper amplifier • to wiper motor terminal @) • through terminal @ of the wiper motor, and • through body grounds @, @ and @.D. When wiper arms reach base of windshield, wiper motor terminals @) and CID are connected instead of terminals @) and @. Wiper motor will then stop wiper arms at the PARK position. Intermittent operation With variable intermittent The wiper motor operates the wiper arms at a set interval of approximately 2 to 20 seconds. This feature is controlled by the wiper amplifier. When the wiper switch is placed in the INT position, ground is supplied • to wiper amplifier terminal (j) • from wiper switch terminal @ • through body grounds (ill) and @. • to wiper motor terminal @ • through the wiper switch terminal @ • to wiper switch terminal @ • through wiper amplifier terminal @ • to wiper amplifier terminal CID • through body grounds @, @ and @.D. The desired interval time is input • to wiper amplifier terminal @ • from wiper switch terminal @). The wiper motor operates at low speed at the desired time interval.

EL-160

WIPER AND WASHER Front Wiper and Washer/System (Cont'd) Without variable

Description

intermittent

The wiper motor operates the wiper arms at an interval of approximately controlled by ihe wiper amplifier. When the wiper switch is placed in the INT position, ground is supplied • to wiper amplifier terminal CD • from wiper switch terminal @ • through body grounds (ill) and (ill) • to wiper motor terminal @ • through the wiper switch terminal @ • to wiper switch terminal @ • through wiper amplifier terminal @ • to wiper amplifier terminal CID • through body grounds @, @ and Qill).

7 seconds.

This feature

is

WASHER OPERATION With the ignition switch in the ACe or ON position, power is supplied • through 20A fuse (No. [1ID , located in the fuse block) • to washer motor terminal CD. When the lever is pulled to the WASH position, ground is supplied • to washer motor terminal @, and • to wiper amplifier terminal @ • from terminal @ of the wiper switch • through terminal @ of the wiper switch, and • through body grounds (ill) and @D. With power and ground supplied, the washer motor operates. When the lever is pulled to the WASH position for one second or more, the wiper motor operates at low speed for approximately 3 seconds to clean windshield. This feature is controlled by the wiper amplifier in the same manner as the intermittent operation.

• EL-161

WIPER AND WASHER Front Wiper and Washer/Wiring - WIPER-

Diagram

LHD MODELS

EL-WIPER-01 IGNITION SWITCH ACC or ON FUSE BLOCK (JIB)

Refer to EL-POWER.

IGN

GNO

~lki=Jl LG

~
FRONT WIPER AMPLIFIER ~

@: With ABS or dual air bag or rear power window @: Except @

B

I :G ~ .-------.~Ol---. LG ~ <0> ..J> I__ ~-

----------------

JOINT CONNECTOR-3 ~

LG ~

~

@ ~

~ 1

0

LG..... :_:__ ~G__

_

~_H_...O-

B

~

<0>

Ibi=Jl

t

O.R

~O-------..--------IO~-------.. ~o-------------O~:---

t&

");..

<0>

@ill) ~

OR ~

OR

~

O~

4

~

@ill) ~

~

');..

OR ~

@ill) ~ . LG/B ~ LG/B

<0>

~O---

fij' I If]] @ill) 45678 W

~W

Next page

~

'1;;.. LG/R -{Q II LG/R

ffil2fTI@)

LG/B-(9-

LG/R-(g>

ITIIIIl1lIITITI ~


~BR

~~:@) ~

(8105):

@

GY

HEL086

EL-162

WIPER AND WASHER Front Wiper and Washer/Wiring - WIPER - (Cont'd)

Diagram

EL-WIPER-02 INT VR

WIPER MOTOR

INT SW

OR

~ Y/G

~~ PU

Preceding page

~

OR

~

LG

~LG/B~

WASH SWITCH

OFF and INT SW

~

FRONT WIPER AMPLIFIER ~

~ P

SR

.:.--J - ----1.------1

=il

/

1

-....Qr- LG R -

t

LG

~1

FRONT

M WASHER MOTOR

PU

@

Y/G

LG/R LG/S

Y/G

LG/R LG/S

IriJ~-- ---- ~ciJ~~~~~EiJI PU ~

1

~

(E28)

P

I

111,-'

Y/G

LG/R LG/S

Irf5n

IT=f4i1 rr=f6ft

P

~

P

CHID

SR

P

~

SR

I~~---~ciJl

I

SR

rF!3n FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH

@: With variable intermittent wiper volume


Fl3T2fTI~ ~W

HEL08?

EL-163

•

WIPER AND WASHER Front Wiper and Washer/Wiring - WIPER - (Cont'd)

Diagram

RHD MODELS

EL-WIPER-03

.1•

IGN

IbjJl

00

I S.21

~ LG

FUSE BLOCKRefer to (JIB) EL-POWER.

WASH SWITCH

~ P

LG

B

I

.

@: GA engine with

P

1$1~~:~

FRONT WASHER~B MOTOR'l:5.!3'

I

•

GNO

lbjJJ

o

@:

P

ABS or dual air bag or rear power window, SR engine and CD engine Except @

I

---'.---11---

~P

-I'E~

P

Next page

B

LG

LfJ@

1ki=Jl~ LG ~O

1

@B)@ EB

JOINT CONNECTOR-4

~

B~B~O-B

i>

I LG Iftu

~ ~

~ B

I

I' n B

IbjJl

0: t

~

B

B

It-ll (M60)

8

~

~O-------..--------lO~..------.O~

<1ftp ~

.. -

~

OR

~

:L

O~

~

~@)

@)

OR

OR

<1ftp

~LG/B~

~

@)

<0>

.LG/B~O----LG/B

~

-€> ~

Next page

,

';"LG/R-MO.LG/R~O---------------LG/R-e>


~@>

rn:rz:tm:I

W

~~:@ m
ITIillIIIIIIIIT ~ ~P

GY

HEL088

EL-164

WIPER AND WASHER

Front Wiper and Washer/Wiring -

WIPER -

Diagram

(Co nt' d)

EL-WIPER-04 INT VR ~~~

PU

Preceding page

<&-

OR

<@-

P

WIPER MOTOR

INT SW

OR

Y/G

FRONT WIPER AMPLIFIER OFF and INT SW

l1ill)

~ SR

..J

<@-LG/S <@-LG/R PU

CHID

t

=il

YIG LG/R LG/S

SR

I$~ - - - - - - ~$~ ~l?fl~~1(Ql1 PU ~

I

~CHID

~~

YIG LG/R LG/S

SR

III

I

SR

wrn FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH ~

@: For Europe @: Except for Europe @: With variable

intermittent wiper volume

r---------------------------~

Refer to last page (Foldout page) . ~

(M74)

~W L

~

HEL089

EL-165

•

WIPER AND WASHER

~

~~ Test lamp

Wiper amplifier

Front Wiper Amplifier Check 1. Connect as shown in the figure at left. 2. If test lamp comes on when connected to terminal and battery ground, wiper amplifier is normal.

t

CD

or @

SEL842T

Front Wiper Installation and Adjustment 1.

GEL028

Prior to wiper arm installation, turn on wiper switch to operate wiper motor and then turn it "OFF" (Auto Stop). 2. Lift the blade up and then set it down onto glass surface. Set the blade center to clearance "C" & "D" immediately before tightening nut. 3. Eject washer fluid. Turn on wiper switch to operate wiper motor and then turn it "OFF". 4. Ensure that wiper blades stop within clearance "C" & "D". Clearance "C": 23 - 38 mm (0.91 • 1.50 in) Clearance "0": 27 - 42 mm (1.06 - 1.65 in) • Tighten windshield wiper arm nuts to specified torque. ~: 21 - 26 N'm (2.1 - 2.7 kg-m, 15 - 20 ft.lb)

•

Before reinstalling wiper arm, clean up the pivot area as illustrated. This will reduce possibility of wiper arm looseness.

SEL024J

EL-166

WIPER AND WASHER Front Wiper Linkage

jfiiJ

LHD models*

\

'.8.5.1 ('." • '.52, ".9.45.1)

\ ~ I I

~:

N.m (kg-m, in-Ib) MEL664DA

'Structure is basically the opposite for RHD models,

REMOVAL 1. 2. 3. Be

Remove 4 bolts that secure wiper motor. Detach wiper motor from wiper linkage at ball joint. Remove wiper linkage. careful not to break ball joint rubber boot.

INSTALLATION • 1.

Grease ball joint portion before installation. Installation is the reverse order of removal.

• EL-167

WIPER AND WASHER Front Washer Nozzle Adjustment •

Adjust washer nozzle with suitable tool as shown in the figure at left. Adjustable range: :I: 10 (In any direction) 0

NOlzle hole bore diameter 0.8 mm (0.031 in)

Front washer

GEL013

Unit: mm (in)

RHD models

*8

*1

310 (12.20)

*5

160 (6.30)

*2

265 (10.43)

*6

170 (6.69)

*3

365 (14.37)

*7

345 (13.58)

*4

175 (6.89)

*8

410 (16.14)

*A: The diameters

of these circles are less than 140 mm (5.51 in).

*8: The diameters

of these circles are less than 80 mm (3.15 in).

"7

LHD models

*7

*8 SEL92BT

Front Washer Tube Layout Front washer tube Front washer nozzle

MEL629D

EL-168

WIPER AND WASHER Rear Wiper and Washer/System

Description

WIPER OPERATION The rear wiper switch is controlled by a ring built into the combination There are two wiper switch positions: • ON (LO speed) • INT (Intermittent) With the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position, power is supplied • through 10A fuse (No. W, located in the fuse block) • to rear wiper motor terminal @, and • to rear wiper relay terminal CD.

switch.

Low speed wiper operation Ground is supplied to rear wiper switch terminal @ through body grounds @ and Cill). When the rear wiper is placed in the ON position, ground is supplied • through rear wiper switch terminal @ • to rear wiper relay terminal @. The rear wiper relay is energized and ground is supplied • to rear wiper motor terminal CD • through rear wiper relay terminal CID • to rear wiper relay terminal CID • through body grounds @ and Cill).

Auto stop operation With the rear wiper switch turned OFF, rear wiper motor will continue to operate until wiper arm reaches rear window base. When wiper arm is not located at base of rear window with rear wiper switch OFF, rear wiper relay is not energized and ground is supplied • to rear wiper motor terminal CD • through rear wiper relay terminal CID • to rear wiper relay terminal @ • through rear wiper motor terminal CID, in order to continue rear wiper motor operation at low speed. Ground is also supplied • to rear wiper motor terminal @ • through body grounds Cill), @ and (Qill). When wiper arm reaches base of rear window, rear wiper motor terminals CD and @ are connected instead of terminals CD and CID. Rear wiper motor will then stop wiper arm at the PARK position.

Intermittent

operation

The rear wiper motor operates the wiper arm one time at low speed at an interval of approximately seconds. This feature is controlled by rear wiper amplifier. With the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position, power is supplied • through 10A fuse (No. W, located in the fuse block) • to rear wiper relay terminal CD. When the rear wiper switch is placed in the INT position, ground is supplied • to rear wiper amplifier terminal @ • from rear wiper switch terminal @ • through body grounds @ and Cill). Ground is also supplied • to rear wiper relay terminal @ • through rear wiper amplifier terminal @ • to rear wiper amplifier terminal CID • through body grounds @, @ID and @. Then the rear wiper relay is energized and ground is supplied • to rear wiper motor terminal CD • through rear wiper relay terminal CID • to rear wiper relay terminal CID

EL-169

7

•

WIPER AND WASHER Rear Wiper and Washer/System (Cont'd)

Description

• through body grounds (ill) and @D. With power and ground supplied, the rear wiper motor operates intermittently.

WASHER OPERATION With the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position, power is supplied • through 10A fuse (No. []], located in the fuse block) • to rear washer motor terminal CD. When the ring is turned WASH position, ground is supplied • to rear washer motor terminal @, and • to rear wiper amplifier terminal CD • from terminal @ of rear wiper switch • through terminal @ of rear wiper switch, and • through body grounds (ill) and @D. With power and ground is supplied, the rear washer motor operates. The rear wiper motor operates when the ring is turned to WASH position for one second or more and for approximately 3 seconds after the ring is released. This feature is controlled by the rear wiper amplifier in the same manner as the intermittent operation.

EL-170

WIPER AND WASHER Rear Wiper and Washer/Wiring - WIP/R-

Diagram

LHD MODELS

EL-WIP/R-01 IGNITION SWITCH ACC or ON FUSE BLOCK Refer to (JIB) EL-POWER.

10A

W IQ.4I SB

(flOG)

ACC

IQ.41 IIT.21 IT.21 SB SB S8

!II

REAR WIPER AMPLIFIER ~

SB

WASH

INT

l!4Jl

~

~

LIB

L/W

LG/B

It '

1

REAR WASHER M MOTOR

f

-

ON

f

LIB @

~

ctl

~

LG/B

1

_

lki=H

t

B

--

SB SB

~}Next -@>

page

L/W

~----$ LIB (ffiZ) L/w

LG/B@

~

@)

GND

B6

~(ffiZ)

LG/B

I

I

If LG/B

.Jwf It

~

_

L/W

-@:> Next page

12.21

':31 REAR WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH ~

f,

B ~ ~~

1Tl~

rgJ

G

~@

~(El17)

~W

~W

i~ 2422

B ~


BR

HEL090

EL-171

•

WIPER AND WASHER Rear Wiper and Washer/Wiring - WIP/R - (Cont'd)

Diagram

EL-WIP/R-02 ~

Preceding page

~

(0101)

SB~SB

SB

{ ~

SB

----. B

m ~ Y!L

I It ~----$ OR

~

Y!L

OR @) Y!L

I

I

OR @) Y!L

I$~~1-iclJl OR ~ Y!L

..-J 111!:i=Jl1biJl4Jl ~~rEAR SB

1--

1

OR

1

t

WIPER

RELAY

L7;-----' I L/W

Preceding ---15lpage ~

B

~

fIlii' I '~ 45678

~

T

(E15)

B

~

B

~@Qg) ICiJI@ B

II.

Y/L

I.

B ~

B ~

B

B

~

~

(E51)

(E117)

•

~

~

(0106)

~W

~W

HEL091

EL-172

WIPER AND WASHER Rear Wiper and Washer/Wiring - WIP/R - (Conl'd)

Diagram

RHD MODELS

EL-WIP/R-03 FUSE 8LOCK

(JIB) (f1@

Refer to EL-POWER.

REAR WIPER AMPLIFIER

I~41

~

ACC

UN;! I IT.21
~

! I 1_ -- -S8

SB

SB

5B

S8

1

(~M~II:~~EA MOTOR

U:i=Jl ~

1$1

LG/B

LG/B

t

~

INT

~

J

L/8

I

LG/B

J

L/8

r

8

t

tkjJ B

<:BID

L!W

$----$

I_t.• I f

L/8

(Eiot)

L!W

_

I

J

L/W

B

~ rn

OF~_. __ /

INT

~" ~A.?1j

Ne x t

JOINT CONNECROR-1

@

lbi=!J

_

B

I

~4

i-, n 1 f..l 1 8

8

..a.. (51)

~

[ID"""Q]]]~

ffil3ill]

JF--.-

~page

B

f, ..a.. ~

L!W

1

WASH

~

L/W

S8 ~

12';1 REAR WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH

Ibi='I

@)

GND

page

1.1

1

ON

=:=:,=: S8~}Next

LG/8

-_1-

-LG/B

WASH

W

i~ 2422

8R

ITIIIIITIIITITI ~8R

@

8

8

(M60)

8

~


<:BID , ~ (M15)

,

(Et06)

.

(]V

HEL092

EL-173

•

WIPER AND WASHER Rear Wiper and Washer/Wiring - WIP/R - (Co nt' d)

Diagram

EL-WIP/R-04 ~

{
Preceding

page

~

@QD

SB~SB

I

SB

SB

m

SB

--

REAR WIPER MOVE MOTOR t

<[l106)

ILi=ll Y/L

I

It

OR @QD Y/L

1Fh----m T~T OR

Y/L

...L(]ID...L 11.llJ~- - - - il1,gJl -.-@

-.-

OR Y/L ...LCBID...L

1l6QJ1- - - - -

=r~ OR

II!I ~rAA 1bjJI1bj:JI4=JI L/W

I

B

ffi@

+@ B

If. B

B

~

~

~

Y/L

B

rn

45678

t

I f. B

B

fH!/' I Ill!

1---

OR

WIPER RELAY

~L~

Y/L

r---I

SB

Preceding page

i~1

~

@D

B

.....

mD@~ Refer to last page (Foldout page) .

@QD W

~

~

<[l106) W

~@

T

B

HEL093

EL-174

WIPER AND WASHER Rear Wiper Amplifier Check

~~:;"f1.'

1. 2.

Connect as shown in the figure at left. If test lamp illuminates when connected to terminal @ and battery ground, wiper amplifier is normal.

CD

or

~

C!E:TIJ !II8EITJ SEL846T

Rear Wiper Installation and Adjustment Clearance

"E"

1. 2:

3. 4. GEL014

•

•

Prior to wiper arm installation, turn on wiper switch to operate wiper motor and then turn it "OFF" (Auto Stop). Lift the blade up and then set it down onto glass surface. Set the blade center to clearance "E" immediately before tightening nut. Eject washer fluid. Turn on wiper switch to operate wiper motor and then turn it "OFF". Ensure that wiper blades stop within clearance "E". Clearance "E": 20 mm (0.79 in) Tighten windshield wiper arm nuts to specified torque. ~: 13 - 18 N.m (1.3 - 1.8 kg-m, 9 - 13 ft-Ib)

Before reinstalling wiper arm, clean up the pivot area as illustrated. This will reduce possibility of wiper arm looseness.

SEL024J

Rear Washer Nozzle Adjustment

0.9 (0.035)

•

~

OJ

O.9 (0.035)

Adjust washer nozzle with suitable tool as shown in the figure at left. Adjustable range: ::l:: 10° (In any direction)

Unit: mm (in)

GEL015

EL-175

•

WIPER AND WASHER Rear Washer Nozzle Adjustment (Cont'd) Unit: mm (in) *1

40 (1.57)

*3

35 (1.38)

*2

95 (3.74)

*4

35 (1.38)

Rear Washer Tube Layout

GEL017

Check Valve (for rear washer) • From reservoir tank

..0

~fo0" To

c~

....

A check valve is provided in the washer fluid line. Be careful not to connect check valve to washer tube in the wrong direction.

nozzle

SEL411H

EL-176

WIPER AND WASHER Headlamp Wiper and Washer/Wiring -HLC-

Diagram

EL-HLC-01 IGNITION SWITCH ACC or ON 15A

1291

FUSE BLOCK

Refer to EL-POWER.

(J/B)

(fi06)

---Ie----------.. • L/Y

(~IIHEA~A~

WASHER MOTOR ~ IIII----------II------PU/R~}

M

Ibj:U

I

L'R

L/Y

m

L/R

I.._

PU/R

m

L/Y

m

IFh

Next page

~

IFh HEADLAMP WIPER MOTOR LH MOVE

ffi

STOP

STOP

~ L/W

IbjdJ B

B

L,.

1

el'

B

~ ~

~GY

~ L

L

HEADLAMP WIPER MOTOR RH ~

MOVE

~ffi.
~

-----L/OR

~} ..fr:\--.....

L/W

.,g....-

Next page

B

~ (E51)


GY

HEL094

EL-177

•

WIPER AND WASHER Headlamp Wiper and Washer/Wiring - HLC - (Cont'd)

Diagram

EL-HLC-02 To EL-ILL. ~ Preceding page

RIG PU/R ~ ~:~

{ ~L/OR

PU/R

1-..

~L/OR

-----_ PU/R

m

ON OFF

OFF

L

~L~L

Preceding

~I~

page

~:~ {

L/W ~

..J

m HEADLAMP WIPER AND WASHER ILL .~SWITCH

ON ___e OFF

~

~

RIG

~ L/W

B

~ B

I~_-.--! .• B

1

.JOINT CONNECTOR-3

-.. L/W ---------

~

..

lbi=Jl

~

,-, B

I

B ~ ~~

ffiII' I'@~ 45231

BR

mIIIITIillIIITI

~

B ~


~BR

HEL095

EL-178

.WIPER AND WASHER Headlamp Wiper Motor Check When wiper motor is locked, a protective circuit built into wiper motor activates to stop wiper motor. If wiper motor will not restart even after cause of problems has been eliminated, turn ignition switch OFF and leave it off for approx. 1 to 3 minutes. 1. Turn headlamp wiper switch OFF. 2. Connect ohmmeter and check continuity. Headlamp wiper motor

Ohmmeter probe Continuity

H

(+)

SEL244P

(!)

@

Yes

(!)

@

Yes

(!)

CID

Yes

CID

@)

No

Stop position

.

Headlamp Wiper Installation Tighten nut to secure lower stopper. After installing wiper upper surface. • Tighten headlamp ~ : 2.3 - 3.0 N'm

wiper arm with wiper

blade held below

arm,

blade

position

wiper

on stopper

wiper arm nut to the specified torque. (0.23 - 0.31 kg-m, 20.0 - 26.9 in-Ib)

Headlamp Washer Tube Layout

GEL018

Check Valve (For headlamp washer) • From reservoir tank

..0

~'fo0" To

A check valve is provided in the washer fluid line. Be careful not to connect check valve to washer tube in the wrong direction.

nozzle

c~

'..

SEL411H

EL-179

•

POWER WINDOW System Description Power is supplied at all times • from 25A fusible link (Letter IT], located in the fusible link and fuse box) • to circuit breaker terminal CD • through circuit breaker terminal @ • to power window relay terminal CID. With ignition switch in ON or START position, power is supplied • through 7.5A fuse (No.l2I located in the fuse block) • to power window relay terminal CD. Ground is supplied to power window relay terminal @ • through body grounds @, @D and @D. The power window relay is energized and power is supplied • through power window relay terminal

MANUAL

OPERATION

Driver's door Ground is supplied • to front power window main switch terminals CID and @ • through body grounds @, @D and @!D. WINDOW UP When a driver side switch in the power window main switch is pressed power is supplied • to driver side power window regulator terminal @ • through power window main switch terminal Ground is supplied • to driver side power window regulator terminal CD • through power window main switch terminal cID. Then, the motor raises the window until the switch is released. WINDOW DOWN When a driver side switch in the power window main switch is pressed power is supplied • to driver side power window regulator terminal ('t' • through power window main switch terminal cID. Ground is supplied • to driver side power window regulator terminal ~) • through power window main switch terminal Then, the motor lowers the window until the switch is releas.ed.

in the up position,

em.

in the down position,

em.

Except dr'ver's door Ground is supplied • to power window main switch terminal CID • through body grounds @, @D and @D. PASSENGER'S DOOR NOTE: Figures in parentheses ( ) refer to terminal power window switch is pressed.

Nos. arranged

Operation by main switch Power is supplied • through power window main switch (CID, @) • to passenger side power window sub-switch (@,

CID).

El-180

in order when the UP or DOWN section of

POWER WINDOW System Description (Cont'd) The subsequent operations are the same as those outlined under "Operation Operation by sub-switches Power is supplied • through passenger side power window sub-switch (@, CD) • to passenger side power window regulator (@, CD). Ground is supplied • to passenger side power window regulator (CD, @) • through passenger side power window sub-switch (CD, @) • to passenger side power window sub-switch (CID, @) • through power window main switch (@, @)). Then, the motor raises or lowers the window until the switch is released. REAR DOOR LH

by sub-switches".

NOTE: Figures in parentheses ( ) refer to terminal power window switch is pressed.

Nos. arranged


Operation by main switch Power is supplied • through power window main switch (@, @) • to rear power window sub-switch LH (@, CID). The subsequent operations are the same as those outlined under "Operation Operation by sub-switches Power is supplied • through rear power window sub-switch LH (@, CD) • to rear power window regulator LH (@, CD). Ground is supplied • to rear power window regulator LH (CD, @) • through rear power window sub-switch LH (CD, @) • to rear power window sub-switch LH (CID, @) • through power window main switch LH (@, @). Then, the motor raises or lowers the window until the switch is released. REAR DOOR RH

by sub-switches".

NOTE: Figures in parentheses ( ) refer to terminal power window switch is pressed.

Nos. arranged


Operation by main switch Power is supplied • through power window main switch (@J, @) • to rear power window sub-switch RH (@, CID). The subsequent operations are the same as those outlined under "Operation Operation by sub-switches Power is supplied • through rear power window sub-switch RH (@, CD) • to rear power window regulator RH (@, CD). Ground is supplied • to rear power window regulator RH (CD, @) • through rear power window sub-switch RH (CD, @) • to rear power window sub-switch RH (CID, @) • through power window main switch (@, @) Then, the motor raises or lowers the window until the switch is released.

by sub-switches".

•

AUTO OPERATION The power window AUTO feature enables the driver to open or close the driver's ing the window switch in the respective position. When the AUTO switch in the main switch is pressed and released, the driver's the fully open or closed position.

EL-181

window

without

hold-

window

will travel

to

POWER WINDOW System Description (Cont'd) POWER WINDOW LOCK The power window lock is designed to lock-out window operation to all windows except the driver's door window. When the lock switch is pressed to lock position, ground of the passenger side switch, rear RH switch and rear LH switch in the power window main switch is disconnected. This prevents the power window motors from operating.

EL-182

POWER WINDOW Schematic LHD MODELS AND RHO MODELS EXCEPT FOR EUROPE AND AUSTRALIA ~

~

o

0 L Z([W HOOJ ~I-C <{W_ ([-1 Ul OJ W:::JUlD ~r.9 ro."" OW[LUl [L([-

.---

I U IH ~I(J)([ <{ ZIO(J) H I-L HO Z r.9Z HO '---

-

W (J) ::J LL

~

-

-0

I

OJ

D .,..,

~

W -1

0 OIL ZUOJ HI- OJ Z ~HC ~W ([(J)Ol ::J WIOl 0>~CD ro O:::JO[L(J)-

-

CD

H:><: (J)Z :::JH .r-t.ri > ......LL-1 :>t. roc

~

r=l

([0>WO<{ ~Z...J OHW [L~a:

o

I

0 OI ZU_ HI-I ~H...J

~

0 Z

([(J)([

WI<{ ~(J)W O::J([ [L(J)-

.

0 Z([_ HOI ~I-([ <{ ([-1([ W::J
~

~

10 fa

Ul 0

'0110 fa

1-([ HW :::J:><: U<{ (IW H([ UCD

~

o

0 Z([_ HOI ~1--1 <{ ([-1([ W::J
:::J

101-10

-10 01--0 -10

r @

CD'+-

-

.....

W

(I <{ W (I

D

(DO

.....

L OJ >

..... L

9 I U IH

~

(J) Z H <{

Z

~

0 0 Z I-<

~

([

m

>Z<{ ~-1

,

~

~

v_

V

ow

0([

.-----

-f-t......

I

...J (I <{ W

~

o-f-L...

1_1-

Z

IV

~

([

::J (I W r.9 Z W (J)W (J)O <{I-< [L(J)

'v v

10

0

Z ::J

(J) (II WU >::J I-<0_ (I 1-0 o I+' W:J Z
IV'

10/0

IU I ZO U ::J...J ::':::1UI-< ::.::: O~ U -1(J) 0 ...J -1
...J ...........

::.:::

~

><{ -1 O-W ::J([

10 'V

W

0 [L

co

000

Ie

~

~

-

•

0-

10-10

0

::E

<{

Z

0 l-

0

:::J <{

fa

::J

(Y]

@

~

['-'

0

::E

.,

rv

(T)

Ol Ul

L 0 0 D I

~

Z 1'-' ([(J)(I WI<{ ~(J)W ::J O:::J([ 01.::: [L(J)-

I

::J

.....

.c w

'-'

~>-

.......... "'"

lD(o~

I (I

+' ro I

v

10 fa

1

0

D

0

I-

,

ru

ro

I

~

0 OI ZU_ HI-I ~H(I

I f'1

=

~.~

W

0 0 Z([Ul HO~I-L OJ W:::J,""D ~r.9 L''''' OWOUl [L([-

~II

>-OJ (I ...... W.o 1-."" I-Ol <{:J

:>t.

~

~

'v

1'-'

I.':l

~

Z ::J

HEL097

EL-183

POWER WINDOW Schematic (Cont'd) RHO MODELS FOR EUROPE AND AUSTRALIA 3:

3:

o

o 0

ZO:OJ HO OJ 3:f--C
r--

I U f-H 3:f-(f)0:
-

W (f) :J LL

~2~ 3:H C W -.J III

H~ (f)Z :JH .rl .rl .:::....-< C>t.

coe

1--0: HW :J~ U
~EJ

Jo

I~

0

ZO:_ HOI 3:f--0:
~

3: 0 0 OI ZU_ HI--I 3:H-1 zio 3: 0:(f)0: WI
.r.

1'U1_

fIV

Z

3: OJ 0:(f)1f) :J WIUJ 3:1I1CO O:JQ Q(f)-

3: 0:0>wo
IV

f--.

3: 0

~

0

ZO:UJ HO3:f--L OJ W:J'M D 3:CDL'M oWOUJ QO:-

I

I

3: 0 10- 10_ 0 OI 'J ZU_ HI--I 01- D 3:HO: Z 3: 10-10 0:(f)0: WI
01-

-10 01-1-0

~

I

'"

II

~

>-OJ 0:...-< WD I--'M I--If)
I

OJ D 'M If) 0

3: 0 OIL

ZO:~ HOI 3:f---.J
~

-

--[Z}

-

0

L

= -f--.

(ili

~

T ~I" @

If)lO~

lOa"

" ..., ...,

(T)

'f

llJ

OJ

~ I

I I 0:

D .rl

0

C OJ .--<

0:
ill

a:

D 'M UJ

0 +'

D OJ

H 0 Z W -1 0 (f)

-

0

Z

~

:J I'J

UJ

I -.J

0 (f)

0

L OJ > 'M L

0:
a:

9

-

0

~

'J

.•

-1 -1 H r'\

'V

Z I-

I-

:J

C>t.

C

.rl

...-<

>-

.--< .--<

co

u

.rl

C

co

.c y.

u

co .c .0

u

u OJ E

(f)

OJ D

I

E

L 0 0

D I (T)

..

0

Q

:J 1 0 +'

:J
@. (T)

Z H
Z H 3:

.rl

+'

co

I U I-H 3: (f)

IT W 3: 0 0-

IT W CD Z W (f)W (f)O
I U ~I-UH 03: -.J(f)

-.J
Z

I-

I-

I-

I'J

0::E
.

10

~ IU

10D

ZO :J-1

~

0

10 !ofo

556* > :J-

0

10

o

Z

:J

I-:J
~

Z

I ......

0

r:-:l

U 0 -1

10 D

W:J Z
Ie

,-

:J

:J

HO_ 0: I--0 '"

10110

0

10Dfo 101-D

HEL098

EL-184

POWER WINDOW Wiring Diagram -

WINDOW -

LHD MODELS

EL-WINDOW-01 Refer

FUSE

to

EL-POWER.

BLOCK (JIB)

~

W

1

CIRCUIT BREAKER

~ Ibj:JJ

~.

:

With

rear

power

window

~~ II..!QJI

=rQ1ID

G

W!L

n II!I~II U

PWINDOW OWER RELAY

1biJl1bjdI~ B

L/W

! 1

----I

1 L1JI ~J~;JCTOR-1

crJ =r I

°1-----,--::~ .. -

L/W ~

Next

page

L/W ~

To EL-WINDOW-03

L/W -@>TOEL-WINDOW-04

B

I

i.

B ~ ~

B ~ ~

I:IIITill1IIill

Refer to last page (Foldout page) . @

~BR

HEL099

EL-185

•


Preceding ~ page ~

L!W

WINDOW -

(Cont'd)

EL-WINDOW-02

_

I '::'QID I~I

rr=rr'I

LlW&1..J QB): @:

:

I

3-door Hatchback models With rear power window Without rear power window

L/W ~~

rr+n

m

AUTO AMP

AUTO

MANUAL

N

N D

UP

RELAY ILL

U

@D:

Ibi=Jl

~

L

B

I I$ICQD QID

G

It

It

B

L

G

m

i-, B

DOWN

~------------------------------, CIJ:JQITJ @)

:~ : L

CAUTION:

W

rrh

--

B

~ ~

~ ~

I

~

B

I

I

POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH CQID:@

~@D

...g.,@ W£J

W:

@)

Refer to last page

I

I

~
UP

POWER WINDOW REGULATOR (FRONT DRIVER'S SIDE)

B

~

(Foldout page) .

QID , CQD

Don't attempt to repair, splice or modify the flexible flat circuit (FFC). If the FFC is damaged, replace with a new one. HEL100

EL-186


WINDOW -

(Cont'd)

EL-WINDOW-03 Preceding page

o

LOCK ..... --

UNLOCK

N

POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH

N

CQID: CQD:@

Preceding page

To EL-WINDOW-01 <@-L/W

~ R/W

~ RIB

R~J

R~J

L/W @) R/W

RIB

----I

1$~t~{fi~1

~1iJ~--- ~tJl

IriJ~4J~1) L/W

R/W

RIB

~~~ I

L/W

L/W

m

I

R/W

RIB

mm

m POWER WINDOW SUB-SWITCH (FRONT PASSENGER SIDE)

@£)

4=U G

t

~ QH): 3-door Hatchback models @: With rear power window : Without rear power Window

DOWN

I

I

I~CQID :~ :

~(gl)1

W

L

[I]QID~ ~W

CAUTION:

UP

POWER WINDOW REGULATOR (FRONT PASSENGER SIDE) ~

~:W


I I

J

~@ l..!@

B

Don't attempt to repair. splice or modify the flexible flat circuit (FFC) . If the FFC is damaged. replace with a new one. HEL101

EL-187

•


WINDOW -

(Co nt' d)

EL-WINDOW-04 precedin9{

page

F

U


D U -----REAR RH

CQZ):

<8£>

SWITCH

~

To

U¥Jl

G/W

EL- WINDOW -01

~

GIS

Y/R

~

Y/S

111)~

GIW

GIS

m GID I~~ <-M5 ~ ~~~ ....... (]I) '"T ~

'"T

GIW ~

GIS

L/W

Y/R

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

I L L~;: ~ GI;

Y/S

m-~O-ffi .......~ '"T

L/~~/W 1 GI;

Gli-

L/W GIW

~r!l~ --- ~11l1 ....... '"T Y/R ~

m-~-ffi ....... @ '"T

Y/S

L/W

GIS .

rmm m

POWER WINDOW SUBSWITCH (REAR RH)

N

GIW

mm

Git GIS

m

N

POWER WINDOW SUBSWITCH (REAR LH)

@g)

@

<8£>

@

POWER WINDOW REGULATOR (REAR RH)

POWER WINDOW REGULATOR (REAR LH) @

<8£> : With rear

power window

--

DOWN

~@)

qm)

~lllfij@

~

3456

~W

CIJQIID @ @g) ~

UP

W'W

W

' W

--

DOWN

~

'W

~@

~

UP


W

aID , CQD

rR,@~

l.!.LEJ

B

'

B

HEL102

EL-188


WINDOW -

(Conl'd)

RHO MODELS EXCEPT FOR EUROPE AND AUSTRALIA

EL-WINDOW-05 Refer to EL-POWER.

FUSE

BLOCK (JIB)

Cill>

W 1

CIRCUIT BREAKER ~

~ ~

.

W /L ~~

G

tfiii'i\

IUJlICBID W/L

II!I4=JI~~~! !II n

U

B

POWEA

WINOOW RELAY

L/W

! 1

-----

1 -----

R\;:CTOR-l

W

1 -----

L/W

-e> Next page

L/W

-fi:> To

EL-WINDOW-07

L/W

-G> To

EL-WINDOW-OB

B

I

'I n 1 t-l J B

B

B

B

@~

~

IIIillIIIIl1Iil ~

~


BR

HEL103

EL-189

•


WINDOW -

(ConI' d)

E.L-WINDOW-06

~~~~eding <@!L/W

I

L/W

~~

tn:i"'\

I~I

L/W CQD

I rn L/W

AUTO AMP

AUTO N

MANUAL N U

0


UP

RELAY

@)

ILL

U

"f

I6i=J1 L

4=Jl G

a

,$,@) aCID

I

J

~

a

a

I..J

-!

It G

m

T, n a

It L

w=h

a

--

J

DOWN

@

@) W


rQ, (05)

L!@

UP

POWER WINDOW REGULATOR (FRONT DRIVER'S SIDE) @)

a

CMD • CQD

HEL 104

EL-190


WINDOW -

(Cont'd)

EL-WINDOW-07 PASSENGER SIDE SWITCH}

Preceding page

K

UNLOCK

N

M

Next

N

page POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH

N

@) Preceding page

L

~ R/W

./yJ.

To EL-WINDDW-05~

L/W

~ R/B

A~J A~B' -----1 141~&15i$1 L/W

R/W

R/B

I$~~~~~~~---~riJl L/W

R/W

..... I L/W

R/W

mm

R/B

I

R/B


@

Iki=Jl

t m G

DOWN

@) W

UP

POWER WINDOW REGULATOR (FRONT PASSENGER SIDE)

@


~(D36) ~W

HEL10S

EL-191

•


WINDOW -

(Cont'd)

EL-WINDOW-OB preceding{ page


o U -----REAR RH

@)

SWITCH

~ G/W

T Ee-WINOOW
m

I~~ CMI) <-O~~ G/W

<-M~~

~ G/8

~

VIR

~ V/8

G/8

VIR

V/8

it~----------------i,*,~ ---itl

~m~ ----------------~r1-J~- - - ~I~I

@) lril~ @ '"T-' @ ......

I m [-L/~-3~-7~':-~-r-t _GI~ L/~~~/W 1 Git GI; '-j-'

L/W

L/w

G/W

G/8

I$f

icjJl

G/W

G/8

mm

....... ........ VIR V/8

lE!Jf~~~ ic!J1

L/W

m

G/W

mm

G/8

m

POWER WINDOW

POWER WINDOW

SU8-

SUB-

SWITCH (REAR RH) @

U

SWITCH (REAR LH) @

Ibi=U

m G

POWER WINDOW REGULATOR (REAR RH) @

--

DOWN

@)

~@

tmJ

W

I::IJQID @ @g) ~

W'W

UP

~~(@ I.!.@

B

~I

45678

W

'

DOWN UP

8

11(il

aID W

t POWER WINDOW REGULATOR (REAR LH) @


~',Ifil ~ ~ 3456

W'

W

HEL106

EL-192


WINDOW -

(Cont'd)

RHO MODELS FOR EUROPE AND AUSTRALIA

EL-WINOQW-09

Refer

FUSE BLOCK (J/B)

~

to

EL-POWER.

W 1

00

~ ~ ~

IT G

CIRCUIT BREAKER

.

(E101)

IUIII CBID

:

W/L

With rear

power window

n ~IIPOWEA U

WINDOW RELAY

~1bi=JI~ B

L/W

! 1

•

L/W ~

m~~CTOO-1 !I-----

W

._~~::---

Next

page

L/W ~

To EL-WINDOW-11

L/W ~

To EL-WINDOW-12

B

I

'I n 1 t.J 1 B

~@

B

B

B

~

ITI:illTIIIIill ~


~BR

HEL 107

EL-193

•


WINDOW -

Preceding ......-p1. L/W page --......q'"

QB):

:

Q!P):

(Cont'd)

EL-WINDOW-10

_

3-door Hatchback models With rear power window Without rear power window

AUTO AMP

S

SOLENOID

Next page POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH

0

ILL

(][):@ CQI): T

ll:jdJ

I!::jJ

~

~

L

G

B

L

G

I

n=h

n=h

O~

I!!)ICQD QID

" n B

B

B

1 t..J 1

~(8W

--

.DOWN

~

UP

~------------------------------~ I

I~(][)

:~~ I

L

I

CAUTION:

~

L1.@

W

Next page

I~I~

•

B

B

(05)

POWER WINDOW REGULATOR (FRONT DRIVER'S SIDE) @)


B

~

Don't attempt to repair, splice or modify the flexible flat circuit (FFC). If the FFC is damaged, replace With a new one. HEL 108

EL-194


WINDOW -

(Conl'd)

EL-WINDOW-11 Preceding page

PASSENGER SIDE SWITCH 5

LOCK.----- UNLOCK

N


N

CQID:@

Preceding page

CQZ):

T

To EL-WINDOW-09~

I

L/W

lbj:JJ

~

R/W

RIB

R~J R~Bt

'$~t~~fi$1 R/W RIB I$~-~j~i ~riJ~ --- ~~I L/W

L/W

R/W

I

..-@>-~...

L/\i

m

L!W RIW

mm

RIB

I

RIB


U

@: 3-door Hatchback models @: With rear power window @: Without rear power window

@

--

DOWN

UP

POWER WINDOW REGULATOR (FRONT PASSENGER SIDE)

@

~------------------------------,


I

I~CQID

:~@ :

W

L

~

~~ ~W

CAUTION:

Don't attempt to repair, splice or modify the flexible flat circuit (FFC). If the FFC is damaged, replace with a new one. HEL 109

EL-195

•


WINDOW -

(Cont'd)

EL-WINDOW-12 preceding{ page

U N

N

D U -----REAR RH SWITCH To

EL-WINDOW
D

~G/W

R¥ll G/B

~Y/R

~Y/B

G/W

G/B

Y/R

Y/B

.......

...... Y/B

POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH @:@

I~~CHI) '-D~~i$~--------- ---- ---i$~---i$1

I L/W

m'-M~~~~~ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ~m~ ---rn

ffi @ '-r'
.......@[) ...... G/W ~ G/B

L!W

Y/R

rn-~-ffi ........ llm) ......

I

[LI~;:~"I; "~L/W G/W

m~ffi ....... @ ......

1 "I; "I;

L/~@~/W

L/W

G/B

rmm

rn

N D

POWER WINDOW SUBSWITCH (REAR RH)

GIW

rmm

G/B

rn

N

<1m>

POWER WINDOW SUBSWITCH (REAR LH) @

@

@: With rear power window POWER WINDOW REGULATOR (REAR RH)

--

DOWN

~W'W

rn:rn

W

,.g.,~@

I1..l£J

B

--

DOWN

<1m)

I1mcw

am W ~@

UP

'

B

fm]' 45678 I i(ll (BID W

~III 'lil 3456

@1Q) W'

UP

POWER WINDOW REGULATOR (REAR LH) @


CMD , CQD

(B34) W

HEL110

EL-196

POWER WINDOW Trouble Diagnoses Symptom

Possible cause

Repair order

12J,

None of the power windows can be 1. 7.5A fuse, 25A fusible link and 1. Check 7.5A fuse (No. located in fuse block operated using any switch. ~ circuit breaker [J/B)), 25A fusible link (letter [[] , located in fuse and fusible link box) and ~ circuit breaker. Turn ignition switch "ON" and verify battery positive voltage is present at terminals CD and @ of power window main switch, and other switches as follows. Terminals

Models

RHD models except for Europe and Australia

RHD models for Europe and Australia

@ and @

-

@ and @

Other

@

@

@

Rear RH

@

@

@

Rear LH

@

@

@

Location of subswitch

LHD models

Passenger 3H*

2. Check grounds @, ~ and @ill. 2. Grounds @, ~ and @ill 3. Check power window relay. 3. Power window relay 4. Open/short in power window 4. Check LlW wire between power window relay and power window main switch for open/short circuit. main switch circuit

Driver's side power window can- 1. Driver's side power not be operated but other windows regulator circuit can be operated. 2. Driver's side power regulator One or more passenger power windows cannot be operated.

window

1. Check driver's side power window regulator circuit

window 2. Check driver's side power window regulator

1. Power window switches (front sub-switch, rear sub-switch RH, rear sub-switch LH) 2. Power window regulators (front sub-switch, rear sub-switch RH, rear sub-switch LH) 3. Power window main switch 4. Power window circuit

1. Check power window switches (front sub-switch, rear sub-switch RH, rear sub-switch LH) 2. Check power window regulators (front sub-switch, rear sub-switch RH, rear sub-switch LH) 3. Check power window main switch 4-1. Check harnesses between power window main switch and power window sub-switches for open/ short circuit. 4-2. Check harnesses between power window subswitches and power window regulators for open/ short circuit.

1. Power window main switch

1. Check power window main switch.

Driver's side power window auto 1. Power window main switch function cannot be operated using power window main switch.

1. Check power window main switch.

One or more passenger power windows cannot be operated using power window main switch but can be operated by power window sub-switches.

*3-door Hatchback models

EL-197

•

POWER DOOR LOCK System Description NISSAN model N15 has two types of power door lock system: • Type 1: For Europe and Australia • Type 2: Except for Europe and Australia Power is supplied at all times • through 25A fusible link (letter OJ, located in the fusible link and fuse box) • to circuit breaker terminal (!) • through circuit breaker terminal @ • to door lock timer terminal @ (Type-1) or CID (Type-2). Ground is supplied to door lock timer terminal @ (Type-1) or (!) (Type-2) through @ID and @D.

body grounds @D,

POWER DOOR LOCK OPERATION When one of the following input signals is supplied: • driver side door is locked/unlocked using key or lock knob, • passenger side door is locked/unlocked using key or lock knob (Only for type-1); • door lock & unlock switch in the power window main switch is locked/unlocked (Only for RHD models type-2) Door lock timer locks/unlocks driver side door (Only for type-1) and other doors.

Input (Type-1) Unlock signal When the driver side door is unlocked using key or lock knob, ground is supplied • to door lock timer terminal @ • through driver side door lock actuator (door unlock sensor) terminal @ • to driver side door lock actuator (door unlock sensor) terminal @ • through body grounds @D, @ID and @D. When the passenger side door is unlocked using key or lock knob, ground is supplied • to door lock timer terminal CID • through passenger side door lock actuator (door unlock sensor) terminal @ • to passenger side door lock actuator (door unlock sensor) terminal @ • through body grounds @D, @ID and @D. Lock signal The door lock timer terminal

@ or @ receives lock signal when the unlock signal is shut off.

Input (Type-2) When the lock knob switch is in UNLOCKED position, ground is supplied • to door lock timer terminal CID • through lock knob switch terminal @ • to lock knob switch terminal (!) • through body grounds @D, @ID and @ill. The door lock timer terminal CID receives lock signal when the unlock signal is shut off.

Input (Only for RHO models type-2) When the door lock & unlock switch in the power window main switch is in LOCKED position, ground is supplied • to door lock timer terminal CID • through door lock & unlock switch in the power window main switch terminal @ • to door lock & unlock switch in the power window main switch terminal CID • through body grounds @D, @@ and @ill. When the door lock & unlock switch in the power window main switch is in UNLOCKED position, ground is supplied • to door lock timer terminal @ • through door lock & unlock switch in the power window main switch terminal (J) • to door lock & unlock switch in the power window main switch terminal CID • through body grounds @D, @@ and @ill.

EL-198

POWER DOOR LOCK System Description (Cont'd) Output (Type-1) Unlock signal Ground is supplied • to each door lock actuator terminal CID • through door lock timer terminal @J. Power is supplied • to each door lock actuator terminal CD • through door lock timer terminal @. Then, the door is unlocked. Lock signal Ground is supplied • to each door lock actuator terminal CD • through door lock timer terminal @. Power is supplied • to each door lock actuator terminal CID • through door lock timer terminal @J. Then, the door is locked.

.

Output (Type-2) Unlock signal Ground is supplied • to each door lock actuator terminal CD • through door lock timer terminal @. Power is supplied • to each door lock actuator terminal CID • through door lock timer terminal @. Then, the door is unlocked. Lock signal Ground is supplied • to each door lock actuator terminal CID • through door lock timer terminal @. Power is supplied • to each door lock actuator terminal CD • through door lock timer terminal @. Then, the door is locked.

• EL-199

POWER DOOR LOCK Schematic TVPE-1 (For Europe and Australia)

",cr

\

uo OCIJ ...Jz

.rl

:JCIJ

u

zw

C 0

S

""uo

0 ...... ,-1

"''''U

:JLID ...., IDL

uo .....

«

0"0

t

'" 3:

"'u 0 ...J

"0 3: 0

...J

~ ~

""o

"0 L

....,

u

~ 5

C OJ L L :J U

'" "'U 3:

\

OlC LCO

W

0 .......... ....,....,....,

0

",,,,U :JLID ""'IDL

H (f)

U Q..r"1

(f)

~ 0

C :J

«0"0

",cr

Uo OCIJ ...Jz zw

([ "0 L

...., OJ

OlC LCO

....,....,....,

W > H

:J(f)

([

0

t

« :::J I-

U Q.r1

«

W

Q.

'" ""

"0 L

t

«

C OJ L L :J U

C

:J

'" U

\

U 0

~ C

:J

0

I« :::J I-

U

«

'"

U

'" 3:

C OJ L L :J U

« W ([

0 ...J

I« :::J I-

L

'" ""

t

0

U

U 0

C

-J

~ :J

C OJ L L :J

'"

U 0

\

«

'"

U 0

U 0

C

-J

~ :J

([

I- E :J.:i

a:

o ro.r-j I-- E:J~

o

HWLW

HWLW

Ol-u.o

Ol-u.o

n.-

U

'" ""

a:r-l-+-J'Z

ill

0 0 0

a:...-i., .../L'

Oro.rlQ)

0 0

I« :::J I-

0

([

0 0 0

([

c-

([

0 ...J

3:

u

0 0 0

HWc...W (f)..c.rl

([

'"

3:

"'U

"0 L

..,

«

3:

\

« W

"0 L

([

-J

OOc...uro

([ ([

(Irl-I-JL

Ot-u.o

I

OQ.r-!

«0"0

"'u

u

..,

0

-J

"''''U

:JLOJ ....,IDL

I

-J

0"0

0

3:

0 .......... ....,....,....,

([

Z W

0 ...J

"0 L

....,

~

«

:JLID ...., OJL

([

"'u

U

"''''u

(f) ([

'"

3:

0 ...J

0 l-

H

(f) (f)

"'u

"'U

([

a ...... r-t ....,....,....,

0

(!J "0 L

OlC LCO

OlC LCO

W

o eu.r-f Q) l--E:J~

(J)c...uro

(J)e-urn

Ulr.-Me.... n.-

(J).c. ......L

n.-

(f) I

...

({J

Q.l

D 0

E

C

co

D lJ.)

"3"

In

(f)

"3" In .... ....

D C

1-([

10'-"'. ..... C

> .....

~ ...... >-W

([ ......

WD

1- .....

I-({J «:J [J),+-

....

lD

HW :::J'" U« a:W H([ U[J)

a:

II

u

W 2:

co D

H

.c

I-

.... ....

co

'-"'.

...,u

(f)

'"

co I

I([

U 0 --l

UW ([I->W

OHHO 03:([H O(f)O(f)

([

0 0 0 OJ

=

II

L 0 0 D I In

@

HEL114

EL-200

POWER DOOR LOCK Schematic (Cont'd) TVPE-2 (Except for Europe and Australia)

OlC LCO 0'''''.0-1

+'+'+'

rorou

:JLW +,WL ua.rl t> L

u

3:

ro

+'

t .... t> W L

'"ua ro 3:

\

'"

u

a ~ C :J

((r-1+-JL

o

A) . ..-i

Q.l

I-- E~...:i: (J)LUro

HQ)LCU (f).c.r-t

L

Oi-u.o

u 0-..-1

Z W (J) (J) « 0-

t> L

t

>-W a:.-. WD f- -.... f-lf) «:::J cD'l-

ro 3:

'"ua -J

a: 0 f« ::J fU «

t> L

ro

+' C W L L :J

Y: U 0 -I

\

'" U

a ~ C :J

Q)

I-E::J.::i {f)LUro 1-fQ)"-W (J).c..r-!

0

C +'

u

a: 0 f« ::J fU «

W

....L

t

t>

ro 3:

'"ua -J

3:

~ .... +' C W L L :J

Y: U 0 -I

t> L

ro

I a: a: « W a: IT 0 f« ::J fU «

3:

\

'" u a

~ C :J

U

Y: U 0 -I IT 0 0 0

a:r-t.f-lL

oro.riQ.l I- E :l.~

U'lLUl'O HWLW

L

(f).c.'rl

OJ-UD

L

Ol-un

CL-

f-a: HW ::JY: U« a:W HIT UcD

t> L

.~

a: 0 0 0

a:r""1+JL

o m-rt

a: 0 0

a: « W a:

3:

U

'" 10-" .....C

rorou

:JLW +'WL u n.r-!

I -I

CL-

>- .... -.-.

0 ..........

+'+'+'

rorou

:JLW +,WL

a: W

-J

t> L

OlC LCO

O.rl.1""t

+'+'+'

CD

C

....a

+' C W L L :J u

OlC LCO

W

0

H (J)

CL-

C\J

CD

a: W ::;: H f-

m

Y: U 0 -I

II

a: 0 0 0

to

@ oS:

co

0 Z Y:I U Y:fUH 03: -I(J)

'"u

~ C

:J

'"ua -J

ZU 3: «fH OI OUY:3: Zf-UUJ HHO 3:3:-IY: (J) U a:o a: WZO-l 3:HOZ O«O::J 0-::;:-

•

If)

.-. w a

D

E 0 I a:

@

HEL115

EL-201

POWER DOOR LOCK Wiring Diagram -

D/LOCK -

TVPE-1 (LHD models for Europe)

EL-D/LOCK-01 Refer

to EL-POWER.

CIRCUIT BREAKER (102)

~

W/L -

CHID

W/L ~

W/L , W/L

rrTIil BAT DOOR SW

DOOR LOCK TIMER ~

GND

(DR)

~

~ R/W

B

I

R/W

2-1 I1JUNCTION

W

BOX No.2 (JOINT CONNECTORS) ~

e-e-

~~ R/W

L R/W

I~

~

@@

R/W ...

B B

-B>}

Next page

~

R/W

m OPEN

FRONT DOOR SWITCH DRIVER'S SIDE @

i-, B

CLOSED

B

! ! ~

-

~ Refer to last page (Foldout page) .

HEL116

EL-202

POWER DOOR LOCK Wiring Diagram - D/LOCK

-

(Cont'd)

EL-O/LOCK-02 DOOR LOCK DOOR LOCK OUTPUT

DOOR UNLOCK OUTPUT

~ RIL

~ W/R

@

UNLOCK SENSOR (PASS)

~

TIMER

~

Y/R

@: 5-door Hatchback and Sedan models

lbi=JJ

..... ~I---I~"-- ..... It t
JOINT CONNECTOR-B

UNLOCK SENSOR (DR)

Y/8

RIL W/R

:}Next page c

0

W/R

~

W/R-

luiJ~-- - ~~I-----~riJl

R/L@

W/R

I

Y/8

CQD W/R

li~---~il----~~I

RIL

RIL ~

W/R

Y/8

R/L

W/R

R/L

W/R

Y/8

!) R/L-

~ RIL

CMD

•

~ W/R

•

m

m

YIR

LOCK Y18 DOOR ACTUATOR DRIVER'S

•

Y/8

m

•

•

SIDE

m

@)

m

DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR PASSENGER

•

m

LOCKED

--

UNLOCK

JOINT CONNECTOR-1

UNLOCK

~

11181~41111~ I 116 15 14

~

8

Itl~ @

8

8

JOINT CONNECTOR-3 ~

_ 8

q==~

t!1:V

GY

BJ Refer to last page (Foldout page) .

~@)@>

W

UNLOCKED DOOR UNLOCK SENSOR

4=U 8

CQD

------

I 111

LOCK

I~I CMD

8-~=~~ 8 " @

preCeding{~ page

--

DOOR UNLOCK SENSOR

4J 8

~ LOCKED

UNLOCKED

LOCK

SIDE

,

GY

I.1IillTIIillIT ~ ,(f@)

~8R

CAUTION:

8R


EL-203

•

POWER DOOR LOCK Wiring Diagram - D/LOCK -

(Conl'd)

EL-D/LOCK-03

preCeding{~ page

.I

R/L ~

~W/R--

__

eM)

W/R CM2)

RIL

W/R@

rciJl R/L <]I)

QJ1

I.---1

1

r

-,

R/L @IQ)

W/R

R/L ~

W/R

$---~
RIL

W/R

$---~

•

--

FIW!GID tm:I W

tITJw'w

RIL

W/R

R/L

W/R

•

m m REAR DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR LH

--

~

LOCK

ffif9 @

W/R

•

•

m m UNLOCK

R/L~

REAR DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR RH

~

UNLOCK LOCK

(074)

fIll 11{ij@ 3456

W

'

~W

'

~W

HEL 118

EL-204


-

(Cont'd)

TVPE-1 (RHO models for Europe and Australia)

EL-D/LOCK-04 Refer to EL-POWER.

CIRCUIT BREAKER <£"102) ~

<:BID

~

W/L -

W/L ~

W/L , W/L

IFillJ BAT

TIMER

DOOR SW

~

~ R/W

I

~

GND

(DR)

R/W

DOOR LOCK

B

IUE"\

db\.M2.; I~I(@

I: I

R/W

I

W/R

m

.-

OPEN

DOOR SWITCH DRIVER'S

B ~LNext B

-€>f

page

i-,ri

SIDE

@)

B

CLOSED

B

B

B

1 Lf 1

~

I II Isl fiRiil

41

116 15 14

1I

1 111

I

(M34) W

@~

rfi2l(]ID 'N B


HEL119

EL-20S

•


(Cont'd)

EL-D/LOCK-05 DOOR LOCK DOOR LOCK OUTPUT

DOOA UNLOCK OUTPUT

~ AIL

~ W/A

UNLOCK SENSOR

UNLOCK SENSOR (PASS)

(DR)

~

~ @: 5-door Hatchback and Sedan models

~

Y/R

~--I~

TIMER

Y/8

-..

I

HS

t t

-..

~

-.. -..

•

I

i

CBD

I

I

W/A

YIA

AIL CQD W/A • • AIL W/A

Y18 • Y18

AIL

m

G

W/R

H

I

W/R

Y18

W/R • W/A

Y/8

I~~@]) ---~lil-----~riJl

ItiJ~---~I$I-----~$I

m

R/L

RIL

R/L • RIL

DOOR LOCK ACTUA TOA DRIVER'S SIDE

m m

m@)

DOOA LOCK ACTUATOR • PASSENGER Y18 SIDE

m@

LOCKED

--

UNLOCKED DOOA UNLOCK SENSOA

--

UNLOCK

LOCKED

LOCK

UNLOCK

LOCK

4JJ 8 JOINT CONNECTOA-1

rJh

.q=_=_~

...

8...

preCeding{~ page

8

~41Ijll~ I 11

116 15 14

ITIillITIIIIITI ~ ~8R

CAUTION:

4JJ 8

It'@])

CQD

I~I CBD

~

8

@

8

8

JOINT CONNECTOR-4 ~

J 8

~==~

&@),@

W

\:!tY

UNLOCKED DOOR UNLOCK SENSOR

GY

BJ Refer to last page (Foldout page) .

GY

IIIIIilIITIITil ~ ~P

Don't attempt to repair, splice or modify the flexible flat circuit (FFC) . If the FFC is damaged, replace with a new one. HEL 120

EL-206


(Conl'd)

EL-D/LOCK-06

preCeding{~

R/L

page

I

~ ~W/R-----I

r

W/R (]ID

RIL@

$ W/R@)

~

R/L

(}IT)

I .-------....

---,

~---* • • R/L

@!Q)

W/R

R/L@

RIL

@])

W/R

$---~ (QW

R/L

rn REAR DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR LH

--

UNLOCK

@G1

~

W

lID

W

W/R

R/L

W/R

'

(074) W

~I 45678 II~@) W


--

UNLOCK

LOCK

~@

~@

R/L

• • m m

W/R

m

W/R

fll' II[IJ~ 3456

~

LOCK

W

'

•

~W

HEL121

EL-207


-

(Cont'd)

TVPE-2 (LHD models except for Europe)

EL-O/LOCK-07 Refer to EL-POWER.

CIRCUIT BREAKER (1;102) ~

~

W/L -

W!L ~

CHID W!L , W/L

m BAT

DOOR LOCK TIMER

LOCK KNOB

@)

GND

SW (DR)

~

~

B

~
m LOCKED LOCK KNOB SWITCH @) JOINT CONNECTOR-1 (QD B

~

~

CHD B

~==~~

ii

B

B

B

!

!

~

~ Refer to last page (Foldout page) .

@J:>

@) GY

IIITIIIIIIillII

@

~BR

HEL 122

EL-208


(Conl'd)

EL-D/LOCK-08 DOOR LOCK OUTPUT

DOOR LOCK TIMER

DOOR UNLOCK OUTPUT

~

~

RIL

W/R

CM35)

It It it

It

R/L

I'TIA\

~.

W/R ~

~~ ([D ICiJI

~~

I[}II (@

R/L

W/R

R/L ~

W/A

I &-----,-I , I AIL ~

$---~ R/L @ W/A

W/A

W/A

RIL

AIL

W/R

W/A

•

•

m m

--

UNLOCK LOCK

UNLOCK LOCK

AEAR DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR LH


FRONT DOOA LOCK ACTUATOR (PASSENGEASIDE)

fIij1@

tmI &Fl @Q) W

AIL ~

UNLOCK LOCK

~

[[[]

W/R

I.~ - - - ~1iJ1

--

--

A/L@

$---~ RIL
•• m m

•• m m R/L

W/A

~

' W

W

tIll I I~. 3456

(]g) (810) (834)

@

Refe~ to last page (Foldout page) .

W ' W ' W

(074)

' W

HEL 123

EL-209

•


(Cont'd)

TVPE-2 (RHO models except for Europe and Australia)

EL-D/LOCK-09 Refer to EL-POWER.

CIRCUIT BREAKER (E102) ~

(E101)

W/L -

CHID

W/L ~

W/L , W!L

m BAT

LOCK KNOB SW(DR) ~ Y/R

ARMREST ARMREST LOCK SW UNLOCK SW

CMD

~

GND

Ibi=H

~

PU

DOOR LOCK TIMER @

B

GY

I~~-------------~~~----~~I Y/R

(]I)

m

PU

GY

m

IIT4il LOCKED

POWER WINDOW LOCK MAIN SWITCH KNOB SWITCH LOCKED UNLOCKED (DOOR LOCK AND UNLOCK SWITCH) @) (]I)

~ B

L

B

Iff@-

(]I):CMD nmL B~B

B

J

n

._---.,

Il..il B

~

B

B

B

~~ Refer to last page (Foldout page) .

HEL124

EL-210


(Conl'd)

EL-D/LOCK-10 DOOR LOCK TIMER ~

DOOR LOCK OUTPUT

DOOR UNLOCK OUTPUT

~RIL

U4J W/R

It

!_t

_-

it

I-t

---'

~m CID~ tU7'\

RIL

ffi~

W/R

R/L

W/R

__

----.

---.

I'TI=5"\

cv@)

&-----~I

I -1---1 7 1

R/L

W/R

(810)

RIL

W/R

1$~---4$1 R/L @

W/R

R/L

RIL

R/L

W/R

(071)

••

W/R

•

W/R

•

m m

m m

UNLOCK LOCK

--

UNLOCK LOCK

REAR DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR LH


(054)

(074)

FRONT DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR (PASSENGER SIDE) @

--

UNLOCK

LOCK

f1i2l@

tm:l (040)

W

R/L@

$---$ RIL W/R

m m

DO[]

W/R

$---$ R/L @ W/R

••

~

(834)

(054)

' W

W

~III~@) 45678

W

till I I(iJ 3456

--


'

@) W

(074)

' W

HEL125

EL-211

•

POWER DOOR LOCK Trouble Diagnoses Australia) SYMPTOM

Type 1 (For Europe and

CHART

PROCEDURE REFERENCE

Diagnostic PAGE

EL-213

EL-214

EL-215

?

.c

.><:

? (,)

(,)

0>

.s:::.

(,)

::J (,)

'(,)

u c

'0

en

'0

«l ::J

U

.2-

u c

.2-

'-

2-

0

>-

en (,)

c

(,)

0 0

~

N ::J U

Q)

0> '::J U 0>

3:

(,)

(,)

0

0

n.

n.

::J

en '0

n.

and driver

(,)

.><:

a. 0-

lock does not operate

.s:::.

(,)

Ol

ctl

Power door

0>

ctl .::£

e

side lock knob switch

0>

(,)

C 0>

::J

SYMPTOM

Procedure

'-

~

<1l

'-

with driver's door key cylin-

@

Q)

der. Power door and unlock

lock does not operate switch

on power

with door lock

window

main

Q)

@

@

switch. Specific

door

lock actuator

Q)

does not operate.

Perform Diagnostic Procedures in numerical order shown in the symptom chart. Carry out functional tests whenever step is finished. If the trouble remains after performing all Diagnostic Procedures, replace the door lock timer.

EL-212

each

POWER DOOR LOCK Trouble Diagnoses Australia) (Cont'd) CONNECT

Door lock timer connector ~

'b,'1W

~12lEt11 I I II

Power supply check Ignition switch operation

I I

11

POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT CHECK

~

SJ'

~


Terminals OFF

W/L

@ - Ground

I

ACC

I

ON

I

START

Battery voltage

SEL469U

Ground circuit check CONNECT

Door lock timer connector @1)

L',

'b,'I\~

SJ'

~

111111~k2J I I

Terminals

Continuity

@ - Ground

Yes

16

B

SEL470U

• EL-213

POWER DOOR LOCK Trouble Diagnoses Australia) (Cont'd) CONNECT

If!:\,

.03

Door lock timer connector @)

YIR

,, I

Y/B

"''/\~

~


s..J

PROCEDURE

1

(Unlock sensor check)

m

B

UNLOCK SENSOR SIGNAL CHECK

,, , , '..

Measure voltage between door lock timer harness terminals @ and @, @ and @.

I I I

SEL473U

OK

Unlock sensor signal is OK.

NG

Replace door lock actuator.

Condition of unlock sensor and voltage

Terminals

~iv

--..

[V]

Door lock actuator connector~

EEl

e

@

@

(ID

@

Lock 0

Driver's side @ Front passenger side@ SEL474U

Unlock Approx. 12

NG

Iil UNLOCK SENSOR CHECK Check continuity between door lock actuator connector terminals @ and @

Terminals

Condition of door lock actuator

Continuity

Lock

Yes

Unlock

Yes

@ and (g)

OK Check the following. 1) Harness between door lock timer and door lock actuator for open/short circuit 2) Door lock actuator ground circuit

EL-214

~

POWER DOOR LOCK Trouble Diagnoses Australia) (Cont'd) Door lock timer connector @

CONNECT

"''I\~ ~

II!l,

'Wi...I

PROCEDURE


2

(Door lock actuator check)

m DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CHECK

~

Replace door lock timer.

NG

Replace door lock actuator.

Measure voltage between door lock timer harness terminals @ and @. SEL471U

Condition of door lock & unlock switch

Terminals

e

$

. Door lock actuator connector

_.~~----, . ~

o

@

@)

Neutral -->Unlock

@

Neutral -->Lock

R/L

W/R

Voltage [VI

Driver's side @

-->12 -->0 (Approx. 1.0 sec.)

o

Front passenger side~

@)

-->12 -->0 (Approx. 1.0 sec.)

• The voltage values are approximate. OK

m DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR CHECK Apply 12V direct current to terminals and check operation.

FUSE

~

---1

W/R

Rear LH @ Rear RH @E>

! !3\--u-' R/L SEL472U

Door lock actuator operation

~

Terminals $

e

Lock

@)

d)

Unlock

d)

@)

OK Check harness between door lock timer and door lock actuator for open/short circuit.

• EL-215

POWER DOOR LOCK Trouble Diagnoses and Australia) SYMPTOM

Type 2 (Except for Europe

CHART

PROCEDURE REFERENCE PAGE

Diagnostic Procedure EL-217

EL-217

EL-218

EL-219

2 0 Q)

.r: 0

~0 Q)

2

.r:

0

0

....

.r:

::J 0

.r:

...

Q)

0

B

B

.~

.8

c ::J

III

cd

::J

.0

OJ

~c ~0

"C

c CIl

>-

a. a. ::J III

0

d-

....

... Q)

Q)

0

~0

.~

...0

0

III

0

0

2 .r:

"C

c

SYMPTOM

.r:

~0

..2

...0 0

... 0

CIl ::J

ti tIl

~0

0 ... 0 0

e.

0

C\l

C')

~

Q)

...

...

::J "C

Q)

Q)

Q)

Q)

?; 0

0

0

a..

...0 a..

e a..

...0 a..

G)

@

::J "C

::J "C

0

Power door lock does not operate with driver's side lock knob switch and driver door key cylinder.

@

Power door lock does not operate with door lock and unlock switch on power window main switch.

G)

@

@

G)

Specific door lock actuator does not operate.

Perform Diagnostic Procedures in numerical order shown in the symptom chart. Carry out functional tests whenever each step is finished. If the trouble remains after performing all Diagnostic Procedures, replace the door lock timer.

EL-216

POWER DOOR LOCK Trouble Diagnoses - Type 2 (Except for Europe and Australia) (Cont'd) POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT CHECK Door lock timer connector@

Power supply check

rElB

Ignition switch operation Terminals OFF

W/L

I

ACC

@ - Ground

I

ON

I

START

Battery voltage

SEL458U

Ground circuit check

~i5

Door lock timer connector@

Terminals

Continuity

G) - Ground

Yes

mill B

SEL459U

PROCEDURE

~i5

(Lock knob switch check)

Door lock timer connector @

m

mm

B

1

LOCK KNOB SWITCH SIGNAL CHECK Measure voltage between door lock timer harness terminals @ and G).

YIR

SEL460U

Condition of lock knob switch

Voltage IV]

Lock

Approx. 12

Unlock

0

~

Lock knob switch is OK.

NG Lock knob switch connector @Qg)

(;)

ill

LOCK KNOB SWITCH CHECK Check continuity between lock knob switch terminals G) and @.

SEL461U

Condition of lock knob switch

Continuity

Lock

No

Unlock

Yes OK

Check the following. 1) Harness between door lock timer and lock knob switch for open/short circuit 2) Lock knob switch ground circuit

EL-217

NG

--+

Replace lock knob switch.

•

m

POWER DOOR LOCK Trouble Diagnoses - Type 2 (Except for Europe and Australia) (Cont'd)

~i5

PROCEDURE

Door lock timer connector @ B

(Door lock & unlock switch check)

m

B

DOOR LOCK & UNLOCK SWITCH SIGNAL CHECK Measure voltage between door lock timer harness terminals CID and Q). @ and Q).

tGY

PU

2

II][] I

OK ---...

Door lock & unlock switch is OK.

NG

Replace door lock & unlock switch.

SEL462U

Door lock & unlock switch connector @

EB

e


~71

Lock

@

d)

Unlock

I!J

~i5

~

Terminals

I

Voltage [V]

Approx. 12

Approx. 12

I

J

I I I

NG

CEL059-A

m DOOR LOCK & UNLOCK SWITCH CHECK Check continuity between door lock & unlock switch terminals (J) and @. @ and @. Condition of door lock & unlock switch

Continuity

(f) and @

Lock

Yes

@ and @

Unlock

Yes

Terminals

OK Check the following. 1) Harness between door lock timer and door lock & unlock switch for open/short circuit 2) Door lock & unlock switch ground circuit

EL-218

~

POWER DOOR LOCK Trouble Diagnoses - Type 2 (Except for Europe and Australia) (Cont'd)

~i3

PROCEDURE

Door lock timer connector @

(Door lock actuator check)

m

Brill

R/J -lwlR I I I I I \

DOOR

Measure timer

FUSE

between

OUTPUT

SIG-

~

Replace

door

lock timer.

e

Rear LH

~

Replace

door

lock actua-

-+ 12 .... 0

@

Neutral -+ Lock

~

Neutral -+ Unlock

values

are approximate.

@W

Rear RH@

(Approx. 1.0 sec.)

o

@

SEL464U

Voltage IV)

o

.

Front passenger side @Q)

lock


Terminals

EB

door

@ and @).

terminals

J

~i5

~ H-:1,-----\

ACTUATOR

voltage

harness

SEL463U

---t-j3,

LOCK

NAL CHECK

I I I I

Door lock actuator connector

3

* The voltage

-+ 12 -+0 (Approx. 1.0 sec.)

OK

(;) DOOR LOCK Apply

ACTUATOR

12V direct

and check

NG

CHECK

current

to terminals

--.-..

tor.

operation.

Door lock actuator operation

Terminals

EB

e

Lock

(1)

@)

Unlock

@

(1)

OK

Check

harness

and door

between

lock actuator

door

lock timer

for open/short

circuit.

• EL-219

POWER DOOR MIRROR

* For removal of door mirror, refer to "DOOR MIRROR" in 8T section. Wiring Diagram -

MIRROR -

lHD MODELS

EL-MIRROR-01 IGNITION SWITCH ACC or ON 10A

FUSE BLOCK

1231

(JIB)

Refer to EL-POWER.

~

L ....,

U •

..

,..../R L

U'

CHANGEOVER

SWITCH

L

L

N

.... R

N

.... R

o

o

DOOR MIRROR REMOTE CONTROL SWITCH @)

MIRROR SWITCH

lbiJl B

~ VIR

~ PU/W

~~ V/B

~ LIB

L/R

I

B 1

JOINT CONNECTOR-1 ~

~

l~~ L/R ~

~

~

~

B

V/B ~

I

Next page

~ ViR ~ ~ PU/W~

ii

B ~ (f@

B ~ @ID


mQITD(]ID

IIDZBI:IJill

GY

ITI:ITillIilIIT ~ ~BR

HEL 126

EL-220

POWER DOOR MIRROR Wiring Diagram - MIRROR -

(Coni' d)

EL-MIRROR-02

Preceding page

...... ...... ......

B

LIR

C

Y/B

0

Y/R -

I

E PU/W-

.

PU/W PU/W~ JUNCTION ~ BOX NO.2 (JOINT U/W CONNECTORS)P

l!4=ll

(fill)

I

PU/W @

YIB

LIB

I~~- - - - ~~~--~riJl PU/W@

.......

LEFTWARD

-

RIGHTWARD

tv1 DOWN:-

WARD

upWARD

DOOR MIRROR ACTUATOR LH

CQID

YIB

-

....... RIGHTLEFTWARD WARD

LIB

DOOR MIRROR ACTUATOR ....... UP- RH DOWNWARD WARD @

-

tv1


CBD , CQD

~CQID~ ~

BR'

BR

Qill) @) I

(Jill)

CAUTION:


EL-221

•


(Cont'd)

RHD MODELS

EL-MIRROR-03 IGNITION SWITCH ACC at"'ON 10A

1231

FUSE BLOCK

Re f er

to EL-POWER.

(JIB)

~

CHANGEOVER SWITCH L

N

.....

R

L

N

.....

DOOR MIRROR REMOTE CONTROL SWITCH

R

lLiJl

U:i=Jl B

PU/W

I

I

B

m

~

VIR

~~

V/B

~

L/R

LIB

JOINT CONNECTOR-1 @

~

1

~

~

B

I

'I B

B

~ ~

n

B

lv;-~ L/R ~

-e> Y/R JJ>

V/B

Next page

PU/W~

B

1 f.J 1

(82B)

~

~


~
ITIillIillITIil ~

@

BR

HEL 128

El-222


(Conl'd)

EL-MIRROR-04 @: @:

<& LIS Preceding page

<@1-

L/R ---

~

y/S

.....

.....

.....

For Europe and Australia Except for Europe and Australia

*3 ...

@ 5M •@ 3M @ 7M @ 5M @ 6M • @ 4M

•

..

<* Y/R-

*1 *2

I

-o~

.....

.. --.I.--II-O~PU/W UA

~ JOINT CONNECTOR l!:j:JJ -5 ~: @PU,W

o I

<8Z9>

Y IR

L/R

PU/W

CMD

Y IS

LIS

PU/W @

Y IR

L/R

PU/W

CQD

Y IS

LiS

PU/W

1l?)J~-- - - ~$~ --~I$I

I$~----~$~ ---~~I

DOOR

M

~e~~2~OR

LEFT":- RIGHT WARD WARD

M DOWN":- uPLH WARD WARD @)

RIGHT WARD

DOOR MIRROR ACTUATOR RH

.... _ DOWNUPWARD WARD @)

Refer to last page (Foldout page) . ~

GE..I.ID

CAUTION:

(03)

@

SR • SR

~~ ~OR

Don't attempt to repair. splice or modify the flexible flat circuit (FFC) . If the FFC is damaged. replace with a new one. HEL 129

EL-223

•

ELECTRIC SUN ROOF

* For removal

and adjustment

of sun roof, refer to "SUN ROOF" in 8T section.

Wiring Diagram -

SROOF -

EL-SROOF-01 IGNITION SWITCH ON or START FUSE BLOCK

7.5A

m

Refer to EL-POWER.

Refer to EL-POWER.

(J/B)

CM15)

W 1

HP

([102)

PH

~

~

~ -O-o~ +I ....

t G

I

W!L

G

II: I~IIn U

B

W/L

CHID ~ W/L ~

.... W/L

W/L

-ee-OJ

I

QID lElQj)

~

W!L ~

W/L ~

n II!"~II

SROOF UN RELAY

U:;JJ Ibi=JI ~:

CIRCUIT BREAKER

U

WINDOW POWER RELAY

U:;JJ Ibj:JJ ~:

@

L/W

B

I

.----.~

@

L/W

~

-0-

@CB"D L/W (fi L/W

--------B:>

Next page

PH HP

0- L/W ~

LHD models @: RHO models @: With power window @: Without power window

__

j1} L/W -.-O~O~

JOINT CONNECTOR-3 ~: JOINT CONNECTOR-1 ~

I <:..

r----R

B :

B

B

I

1 !•

~

:>

........

~

<8W

B

1


----'G2L CBD

~W

I1ITITIillIillI ~

~BR'BR

~

HEL130

EL-224

ELECTRIC SUN ROOF Wiring Diagram - SROOF -

Preceding ........... A1. page ~

(ConI' d)

EL-SROOF-02

1

L/W@) ~ L/W

SUN ROOF MOTOR ASSEMBLY OOWN/OPEN-

-UP/CLOSE M

UPjCLOSE RELAY

TILT SW

---

FULL CLOSED

OTHER

DOWN/OPEN RELAY

SLIDE SW

TILT SW

LIMIT SWITCH

--_ ... FULL

-1

TILT-UP

LIMIT SWITCH

----

FULL OPEN

-2

FULL TILT-DOWN

SUN ROOF SWITCH SLIDE SWITCH

•

g@) L1.J

W

HEL 131

EL-225

HORN, CIGARETTE LIGHTER AND CLOCK Wiring Diagram -

HORN -

LHD MODELS

EL-HORN-01 BATTERY

]

10A

Refer to EL-POWER. @: Models without air bag system @: Models with dual air bag system @: Models with single air bag system

1421

g G/B

2

HORN RELAY

~

~1bjJl@ G

G/Y

I----,O'----O~:------I ! AN

~

G/Y

11tJ1~
r:::!::.

G/Y

11711

......,~

G/Y

SPIRAL CABLE
I!:i=ll@ G/Y ~

8 *2 AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT

SPIRAL CABLE

em

G/Y

m~

T'---I

1 QJ1 QJ G

G

HORN (LOW) ~

HORN (HIGH) ~

ffim

[ill]

L!J

W

~

(ffiJ)

B ' B ' B

~*1

c:IIJgI

RE-

RELEASED

@

W

FI ~

'---"

HORN SWITCH

.......

_-.",.

HORN SWITCH

LEASED

I:I[Q:TI:ICID

DIDdZl

~W

~BR

~*2 B

~W

HEL132

EL-226

HORN, CI(;ARETTE LIGHTER AND CLOCK Wiring Diagram - HORN - (Cont'd)

EL-HORN-02

15A

15A

7.5A

[TI]

[]Q]

1241

FUSE BLOCK

Refer to EL-POWER.

(JIB)

~

I N;.21 OR/B

I

CIGARETTE LIGHTER

P

L

OR/B ~

IF!4il

~

CIGARETTE LIGHTER SOCKET

~

10-----.:

@

CLOCK ILLUMINATION

~

COMBINATION METER @

OIGITAL CLOCK

~

B

l-, I B

1

~

~ B

•

BIR

B

ffi JOINT CONNECTOR-1 ~

~

Ibi=Jl B

I

@: With tachometer @: Without tachometer *3"'@ 34 @ 5 *4... @28 '@ 6 *5' .. @29 *6"'@ 9

f, B

B

! !

'@10

(M28)

'@31 ,

(M68)

BIR

!

@)

r-----------------------------------,


1ITl~ []]

B L

IIIIIillIITillI

~

@

~BR

HEL 133

EL-227

•

HORN, CIGARETTE LIGHTER AND CLOCK Wiring Diagram - HORN - (ConI' d) RHO MODELS

EL-HORN-03

@: Models without

air bag system

g G/B

@: Models with dual air bag system

2

@: Models with single

HORN RELAY

~

air bag system

~4=HID G

G/Y

I----IO----.O~..------I AN.

G/Y G/Y ~~ I~I
~ Ifill

SPIRAL CABLE

G/Y

1~IU6~ G/Y

rn

B *2 AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR

SPIRAL CABLE ill)

UNIT

G/Y m
'---I

1 QJ1 QJ G

G

HORN (LOW)

HORN (HIGH)

m

mID [ill] W F.1 l..!.J

rn m B'

~

RE-

rn

IT:I::illl

...... _-"

HORN SWITCH

_-" RE-

LEASED

@

~

W

~W

*1 8

HORN SWITCH

.......

LEASED

ill)

DID"JZl


~BR

~*2 ~W

HEL 134

EL-228

HORN, CIGARETTE LIGHTER AND CLOCK Wiring Diagram - HORN - (Cont'd)

EL-HORN-04

15A

15A

7.5A

mJ

[]Q]

1241

FUSE BLOCK

Refer to EL-POWER.

(JIB)

([@

CIGARETTE LIGHTER

~

10-----,-

CIGARETTE LIGHTER SOCKET ~

,

CLOCK ILLUMINATION

~ B

L, ~o.:i

~

DIGITAL CLOCK

COMBINATION METER

~

B/R To illumination control SWitch (Via joint connector-5) (Refer to EL-ILL.)

-------II-BR/Y+ JOINT CONNECTOR-1 ~ ~ B

I " n B

B

B

B

B/R

(M68)

1 !..J 1

(M28) (M60)

1

For Europe @: @: Except for Europe With tachometer @: @: Without tachometer @ 34 5 *3"'@ *4 ...@ 28 ,'
r-----------------------------------,


[[il~

rn

B

L

~

I1IIIIIillIillI ~ ~BR

HEL 135

EL-229

•

REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER AND DOOR MIRROR DEFOGGER System Description (For models with daytime light system) For models without daytime

light system, refer to wiring diagrams,

EL-233 and 234.

The rear window and door mirror defogger system is controlled by the rear window defogger Power is supplied at all times • to rear window defogger relay terminal @ • through 20A fuse (No. [[], located in the fuse block). With the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position, power is supplied • to mirror defogger relay terminal @ • through 10A fuse (No. InJ , located in the fuse block). With the ignition switch in the ON or START position, power is supplied • to rear window defogger relay terminal CD • through 10A fuse (No. [2ID , located in the fuse block) • to rear window defogger timer terminal CD • through 7.5A fuse (No. [[], located in the fuse block). Ground is supplied • to rear window defogger switch terminal @ and • to rear window defogger timer terminal @ • through body grounds @ and @ID.

timer.

Operation The ignition switch must be in the ON or START position for defogger operation. With the rear window defogger switch in the ON position and for approximately 12 - 16 minutes after the rear window defogger switch has turned to OFF from ON, ground is supplied • through terminal CD of the rear window defogger switch • to rear window defogger timer terminal @. Terminal @ of the rear window defogger timer then supplies ground to rear window defogger relay terminal @. With power and ground supplied, rear window defogger relay is energized. For rear window defogger system, power is supplied • through terminal CID of the rear window defogger relay • to condenser terminal CD • through terminal @ of the condenser • to the rear window defogger terminal CD. For mirror defogger system, power is supplied • through terminal CID of the rear window defogger relay • to mirror defogger relay terminal CD. Ground is supplied • through body grounds @ and @ID • to mirror defogger relay terminal @. With power and ground supplied, mirror defogger relay is energized. • through mirror defogger relay terminal CID • to eacr door mirror defogger terminal @. Ground is supplied • to rear window defogger terminal @ • through body ground
EL-230

REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER AND DOOR MIRROR DEFOGGER Wiring Diagram -

DEF -

LHD MODELS WITH DAYTIME LIGHT SYSTEM

EL-DEF-01

FUSE BLOCK

Refer

to

EL-POWER.

(JIB)

20A

CM15)

W

~06) CE120)

IIP•21

@:

LIB

I

@) :

J !~ ~¥~~OW

12~r~~GER

~

1!:iJI~:@

G/R ~

L/R ~

~

@

~:

I~~-----~ G/R
JOINT CONNECTOR-2

~ L/R

-[J

1------~

IftlJ

G/R

G/B

~

n1il ~f}

OUT PUT

IGN

SW GND

Et!di

~

1.

G

~¥~~OW DEFOGGER TIMER ~

L/R

-

L/R

~}

L/R

-

L/R

~

RIG

+ To

I

~

~

Lf L/R

~

RIG

n=tD

IND

ILL

OFF

11211

~

~

B

B

B

5

page

EL-ILL

(!J1

~¥~~OW DEFOGGER SWITCH ~

t

B

JOINT CONNECTOR-3 ~

11111 9F B.

11

(M"2B)

+ 1

Next

B

I--ll-l-l 2


~:@ ~:@

r1ITr1l~ ITITITJ GY

ITIIIII:illTIIi

~BR

~

L

F.ffi1
fffffi~

rn:mrn

W

HEL 136

EL-231

•

REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER AND DOOR MIRROR DEFOGGER Wiring Diagram - DEF - (Cont'd)

EL-DEF-02 FUSE (JIB)

Preceding ~ page ~

L/R

JUNCTION BOX No.2 (JOINT CONNECTORS)

1 L/R

PU

G/R?G/R-'
1

I

n DEFOGGER 1~IIMrRAOA U RELAY

Ibi=U ~

t

@)

G/R

G/R

B

I Preceding ~ page ~

L/R

IU'7"\

~0:M.I L/R

I~

____

L/R

ctI@

~

L/R ...

~

L/R ~

m~ B

~1

rB

=

~

-! ~

!-

+ 5

:[jjB'B L I

CAUTION:

@QD

1$1~~~

~

(gjB

B

"

a

!- !-

~~

I

I

I

I

~ I

~

~

a

I

::rTIB

JOINT CONNECTOR-1

I

~-----------, I

~I

'

•


.C@,~

~

B

le__

(1J

-

CO~SER

FmlaID 001 W

I

~

B

1

~

r---------------, I ~

I&__

Ibi=JI ~ B

L

B

WINDOW DEFOGGER

B

ClJ@)

B

~1

B

I: j:'l ~REAR

IbjJ ~

1

DEFOGGER PASSENGER SIDE

DRIVER'S SIDE

L/R ~

REAR ~NSER WINDOW DEFOGGER

2

m~~~

DEFOGGER ~RAOA

1619' IE!.!3I

rB

I~l @) G/R

IrtJl~~~~

~S:-"

~O

1~1 ([D G/R

B

...

IG=7c:\

~~

ClJC@

ICIJI(]I)

.....

G/R

IUT\

~\.Mi.J

(J)

, L/R

Sedan models Hatchback models

~

1~31

.....

@: @:

Refer to EL-POWER.

BLOCK

~

GY

GY

CBD , (ill) ~@

ITIIIII.TIII:TI ~

@lB:~BR ~I

~

Don't attempt to repair. splice or modify the flexible flat circuit (FFC). If the FFC is damaged, replace with a new one. HEL137

EL-232

REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER AND DOOR MIRROR DEFOGGER Wiring Diagram - DEF - (Conl'd) LHD MODELS WITHOUT DAYTIME LIGHT SYSTEM

EL-DEF-03 ~: ~~g~K

Sedan models

~

Refer to EL-POWER.

: Hatchback

models

(JIB)

~ -----------------

To EL-ILL

RIG.

i

L/R JOINT . CONNECTOR-2

[¥

~1

REAR ~~~gg~ER

~

SWITCH ~

~

~ B

It

~~

B

I"TI'A\

ICIJI (]I)

L/R

Ll:! ~ rn

L/R

L/R

II J II

~ ~

---I

L/R

LIR

~! s

I

L/R

IcIJlm~~ L/R ~

B

I

~

L L/R ~~

JOINT CONNECTOR-3

L/R~

m~

II UI

...

~

Itt

ffiill1~ ~

W

... B

CONDENSER

WINDOW DEFOGGER

B

!-

1

W

=

lbjJJ~

@g]

@QD

r: :'I ~REAR

CONOENsrn

B

filllaID

~1

B

j

=

~

lbjJJ~

(868)

r1TTI1l@ IT1IITI GY

~


ll -!- -!~

B

B

~

~----------------~ : F.=1 @ ,(0104) B ~ 'WB B @B I L

Refer to last page (Foldout page) . : I I

~

r-------------.,

I1III1IIIIIIIII ~ ~BR

: F.=1~ I I

W

L

B

B~ @

:

B j

I I

HEL 138

EL-233

•

REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER AND DOOR MIRROR DEFOGGER Wiring Diagram - DEF - (Cont'd) RHO MODELS

EL-DEF-04

~~8~K Re

f er

~ ~

to EL-POWER.

(JIB)

: Sedan models : Hatchback models

~

-

----------------

REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SWITCH

OFF

RIG. To EL-ILL

•

L/R

B

(j] 25 1!4JI@!Qg)

S

LL~8 L/R8

LlR

~

~

B

IT, B

B

1

-!

~

@

~

W

,..--------------, I ~':

rg)B

n

B

B

1

~

~

m~ m~ rB~

=

~

B

C~SEA

~

=

REAR C~NSER WINDOW DEFOGGER


1biJI~ B 1

1biJI~

(8204)

~

B

!

[ill]I[ill]I[il ~

~ P

m@ Ww


,..-----------------., I

~

@@

rB~ B

1...1

@ @

W

S

L/R~

JOINT CONNECTOR-4

~

- I ....

~O

B

~~

L/R

t

B

B

I '-

L/R@

M4

LI_I

:~B

• m [}Jew

~

~

I

....

I

R~,([)104) :'L!JB I

.J

, L

I

B

8~ @JB

: I I

.I

HEL139

EL-234

REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER AND DOOR MIRROR DEFOGGER [+1

Filament Check

[-1

1. Attach probe circuit tester (in volt range) to middle portion of each filament.

6 volts (normal filament) SEL263

•

When measuring voltage, wrap tin foil around the top of the negative probe. Then press the foil against the wire with your finger.

2.

If a filament volts.

3.

To locate burned out point, move probe along filament. Tester needle will swing abruptly when probe passes the point.

SEL 122R

Burned out point

is burned out, circuit

tester registers

0 or 12

12 volts [+1

[-]

o volts SEL265

SEL266

EL-235

•

REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER AND DOOR MIRROR DEFOGGER Filament Repair REPAIR EQUIPMENT 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

Conductive silver composition lent) Ruler 30 cm (11.8 in) long Drawing pen Heat gun Alcohol Cloth

REPAIRING Heat wire Break

Unit: mm (in) BE540

R epalre . d

point

(Dupont No. 4817 or equiva-

PROCEDURE

1. Wipe broken heat wire and its surrounding area clean with a cloth dampened in alcohol. 2. Apply a small amount of conductive silver composition to tip of drawing pen. Shake silver composition container before use. 3. Place ruler on glass along broken line. Deposit conductive silver composition on break with drawing pen. Slightly overlap existing heat wire on both sides [preferably 5 mm (0.20 in)] of the break. 4. After repair has been completed, check repaired wire for continuity. This check should be conducted 10 minutes after silver composition is deposited. Do not touch repaired area while test is being conducted.

j

IrJ - t..@.!.--

SEL012D

5.

Repaired point

Apply a constant stream of hot air directly to the repaired area for approximately 20 minutes with a heat gun. A mini"mum distance of 3 cm (1.2 in) should be kept between repaired area and hot air outlet. If a heat gun is not available, let the repaired area dry for 24 hours.

SEL013D

EL-236

AUDIO AND ANTENNA Audio/System Refer to Owner's

Manual for audio system operating

Description

instructions.

Power is supplied at all times • through 7.5A fuse (No. [2]], located in the fuse block) • to radio terminal @, and • to compact disk deck terminal @. With the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position, power is supplied • through 15A fuse (No. [j]], located in the fuse block) • to radio terminal @), and • to compact disk deck terminal @. Ground is supplied through the case of the radio. When the radio power knob is pushed to the ON position, audio signals are supplied • through radio terminals 1, 2, 3, 4, 13, )4, 15 and 16 • to the door, pillar and rear speakers.

• EL-237

AUDIO AND ANTENNA Wiring Diagram -

AUDIO -

LHD MODELS

EL-AUDIO-01

~~gEKRefer

to EL-POWER.

Models with

(JIB)

4-speaker

~ ROD ANTENNA

....

~

m

m

~ ACC

BACK UP

LIGHTING

SW RRSP RH (+)

RRSP RH (-)

l!JjJJ

RRSP LH (+)

~

OR

~

B/P

I. OR

To EL-ILL

RIG

L

P

AIG ~

RRSP LH (-)

Q3W

~

LG

It

RADIO

B/Y

I.

It

B/P

LG

B/Y

B/P

LG

B/Y

IciJ~-~- tiJ~-----------~ciJ~--- ~ciJl OR ~

I I

OR

I I

B/P

JL:QQ~EAA

SPEAKER

RH ~:@

r-------------------------,


I

I

~:@I W

L

I

I

&~@) TII;uo 5 6

1112

W

~I

[Q]~~

I]lg] BR

• BR

HEL 140

EL-238

AUDIO AND ANTENNA Wiring Diagram - AUDIO -

(Cont'd)

EL-AUDIO-02 RADIO FRSP RHH

FRSP RH (+) ~

FRSP LH (+)

~

BR

IJ

B/R

BR

B/R

~

B/W

It

L

J

I L rrtn

rn

rrtn

LHH

~

It

~

FRSP

@:

Models with 6-speaker

B/W

rn

JOINT CONNECTOR

JOINT CONNECTOR

1

-3

-1

~

4=Jl B/R

~

t

B/R

B/R

f

11211 SPEAKER J!1 ~ PILLAR RH

~

BR

BR

I

\Q

~:@

~ L

t

4 B/R

I'=idJ B/W

RH

I"IIJJIIIITIITi

B/W

t

t\Q 4 L

m2

PILLAR SPEAKER LH

~:@

~

I'=idJ

L

t

B/W

2I SPEAKER DOOR

@)

I U4=J1

@)
B/W

1

2I DOOR SPEAKER LH

@)


~BR'BR

[Q]~~(@~

[IIg] BR ' BR ' BR ' BR

CAUTION:

Don't attempt to repair, splice or modify the flexible flat circuit (FFC). If the FFC is damaged, replace with a new one. HEL141

EL-239

•


(Conl'd)

RHO MODELS FOR EUROPE

EL-AUDIO-03

~~5~K Refer to EL-POWER. (JIB)

@: Models with

(8Th)

4-speaker

ROD ANTENNA

....

,......... AlG ~

P

RIG

L

m

m

rrfcrn

BACK

LIGHTING

ACC

RADIO @

SW

UP

RRSP RH (+)

RRSP RH (-)

~

RRSP LH (+)

~

OR

~

B/Y

B/P

LG

B/Y

@) B/P

LG

B/Y

I• It

-i:-~.~ ----------- ~$~ ---~$I

I I J!oo~~AA OR

(8[D

~

LG

<:MID I~~ OR

RRSP LH (-)

B/P

I• It

OR

To EL-ILL

I I

B/P

SPEAKER RH @:@

~-------------------------~ (8[D:@ W I

~-------------------------j


I

I I

: I

[Q]~@) [!gJ BR • BR

HEL142

EL-240


(Cont'd)

EL-AUDIO-04 RADIO FRSP RH (+)

FRSP RHH

~ BR

Ibi=ll

FRSP LH (+)

IJ

It

BR

IbjdJ

IJ

B/W

L

B/W

IFtil

ri1=TI

It

L

B/R

m

LH (-)

~

B/R

m

@)

FRSP

1

@: Models with 6-speaker

JOINT CONNECTOR

1

-5

I

I

I

l!4=U

l6i=!J

l6i=!J

BR

B/R

B/R

J

t

~ L

t

@)

I ~ B/W

~

t

~ B/W

L

L

~B/W

L

~B/W

t

I$~---~.I

L ~111 II

B/W

[tooljrom L

11-2 II SPEAKER ~PILLAA LH

~:@

II 1 II

B/W

II 2 II SPEAKER

LH

@

~

Refer to last page (Foldout page) . ~~ ~OR

[Q]~~@)~ [I[g]

CAUTION:

BR

• BR

• BR

• BR

Don't attempt to repair. splice or modify flat circuit (FFC) . If the FFC is damaged. a new one.

the flexible replace with

HEL143

EL-241

•


(Cont'd)

RHD MODELS EXCEPT FOR EUROPE

EL-AUDIO-05

LIGHTING

BACK

SW

UP

12:1

2 4 1 • 1 P

RIG

t

COMPACT DISK DECK

Refer to

EL-POWER.

(JIB)

~

~

I_t __

FUSE

BLOCK

~

~

P

I

ROD ANTENNA

DIN CORD

RADIO AND CASSETTE PLAYER

L

IffoD

~

(fID)

ACC RRSP

FRSP

RH

RH (-)

(+)

I!4=Jl

~

B/P

BR

r---------------------~ ~~ ~W

I I

RRSP

LH (+)

~ LG

RRSP

LH (-)

~

B/Y

-


~I

W

: I

[Q] ~ @ C02) @ [IIg] BR . BR . BR . BR

HEL 144

EL-242

AUDIO AND ANTENNA Radio Fuse Check

Location of Antenna

Antenna feeder (RHO models)

Antenna feeder (LHO models)

GEL020

Antenna Rod Replacement 1.

Loosen screws securing

2.

Pullout pipe from antenna base. Heating the pipe with a drier makes it easier.

EL-243

antenna base.

•

AUDIO AND ANTENNA Antenna Rod Replacement (Cont'd) 3. 4.

Cut off stopper at end of antenna rod using a file. Pullout antenna rod from antenna base.

5. 6.

Insert new antenna rod to antenna base. Apply adhesive to screw thread and tighten screw.

7.

Tighten screws to antenna base.

EL-244

HEATED SEAT

* For location of heating unit, refer to "SEAT"

in BT section.

Wiring Diagram -

HIS EAT -

EL-H/SEAT-01 IGNITION SWITCH ON or START FUSE BLOCK

Refer to EL-POWER.

(JIB)

(]V

HI

I

R

R

w=n

w=n

- La RfOFF

~ B/Y

- La - RfOFF

~

B/W

lb4=Jl B

•

LO

HEATED SEAT SWITCH LH (B13)

HI

-l5

Rf-

OFF

~

W/B

~

-la-Rf-

OFF

W

~

•

LO

HEATED SEAT SWITCH RH ~

B

1----1-1::1-w-G> -W/B~

Next page

'I-B/W~ II-B/Y~

f. B

~ <[il)

B

~ ~


HEL 145

EL-245

•

HEATED SEAT Wiring Diagram -

H/SEAT -

(Cont'd)

EL-H/SEAT-02 ~W

<@-

Preceding page

W/B -------

....

~B/W---.

B/Y

~

B/Y

-"'1

I

B/W

B

W/B

~

W

I

W

B

B

$-----$-------~ $-----$-------~ i-t----t------t, i-t----t------t, Y

I

I

*1

W

B

I I I

m-----ffl SEAT CUSHION SUBHEATER SEAT CUSHION MAIN HEATER

I

I I I

Y

I

*2

SEAT CUSHION SUBHEATER SEAT CUSHION MAIN HEATER

I

I

I I I

I I I

I

I

I

I

I L:

I

I

SEAT BACK HEATER

I

SEAT BACK HEATER

I

~ L:

FRONT SEAT LH

FRONT SEAT RH

r------------------------~ I

2 ~,@ ;4

3

W

I

W

~5

: 3 I I

*1 , *2

W

W

II

I I ....,I

I

I

II

I

I

I

I

m-----ffl

I

I

I

J'QL ~

*3 , *4 L

I ~

I

,. B

~ ~

B

~ @)

I I I

L:

2

~------------------------~

I I

HEL 146

EL-246

NATS (Nissan Anti-Theft System) System Description NATS V2.0 for Nissan model N15 has the following immobiliser functions: • Since only NATS ignition keys, whose ID nos. have been registered into the ECM and IMMU of NATS, allow the engine to run, operation of a stolen vehicle without a NATS registered key is prevented by NATS. That is to say, NATS V2.0 will immobilize the engine if someone tries to start it without the registered key of NATS V2.0. • Both of the originally supplied ignition key IDs have been NATS registered. If requested by the vehicle owner, a maximum of four key IDs can be registered into the NATS components. • The NATS security indicator (NATS security ind.) blinks when the ignition switch is in "OFF" or "ACC" position. Therefore, NATS warns outsiders that the vehicle is equipped with the anti-theft system. • When NATS detects trouble, the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) blinks. • NATS trouble diagnoses, system initialisation and additional registration of other NATS ignition key IDs must be carried out using CONSULT hardware and CONSULT NATS software. When NATS initialisation has been completed, the ID of the inserted ignition key is automatically NATS registered. Then, if necessary, additional registration of other NATS ignition key IDs can be carried out. Regarding the procedures of NATS initialisation and NATS ignition key ID registration, refer to CONSUL T operation manual, NATS V2.0. • When diagnosing NATS V2.0 using CONSULT, adapter and adapter harness for NATS V1.0 are not necessary, although a direct DDL cable connection between CONSULT and DOL connector is required. • When servicing a malfunction of the NATS V2.0 (indicated by flashing of Malfunction Indicator Lamp) or registering another NATS ignition key ID no., it may be necessary to re-register original key identification. Therefore, be sure to receive all keys from vehicle owner.

System Composition The immobiliser function of the NATS for Nissan model N15 consists of the following: • NATS ignition key • NATS antenna amp. located in the ignition key cylinder • NATS immobiliser control unit (NATS IMMU) • Engine control module (ECM) • NATS security indicator located under the center cluster (NATS security ind.) • Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL)

NATS ignition key

( ((

(

SEL304U

El-247

•

NATS (Nissan Anti-Theft System) Component Parts Location LHO models

rn NATS antenna

amp.

RHO models

~

rn NATS antenna NATS security

amp.

indicator

GEL021

EL-248

NATS (Nissan Anti-Theft System) Wiring Diagram -

NATS -

LHD MODELS

EL-NATS-01

I BATTERY I •

l75A

FUSE BLOCK

~WJ

~

Refer to EL-POWER.

(JIB)

W/L

I

ECM (ECCS CONTROL

WIL ~(fI@

;

~
Y

!i*1ll

I JUNCTION

~
I

"2.4/

i

rn

BOX NO.2 (JOINT CONNECTORS)

COMBINATION ORIL M~~ER(MIL) I ~ OR/L

OR

rn

m

1M

LINE

LINE

I ~

1/2•611

I

YIG

BR/Y

Y/G

BR/Y

I

Y/G

~Ifll BR/Y

Y/G

BR/Y

IiTIil

IDil

11*.21 ~

It~~4~~~$~ - OR/L

lt It

G

m

UNIT)

em

I

OR/L

1__

WIL

1M

LCHKR

It

NATS IMMU ~

~ L/OR'

U:¥ R/L t

lifll GYIR'

~L t

~

~~-~~~----~~~----~ L/OR

m

GYIR

R/L

wh

rrh

L

m

&~~ 1211JOSIV

6 5

B

LJ ,-.., I .. 1 f.J B

NATS ANTENNA AMP

~

B

B

B

@: With tachometer @: Without tachometer *1",@ 30 @ 40 *2",@ 32 •, @ 8

~~


W

r---------------------------------~ ~WID

~

~W

@]) L

~

em HEL147

EL-249

•

NATS (Nissan Anti-Theft System) Wiring Diagram - NATS -

(Cont'd)

RHO MODELS

I

BATTERY

•

EL-NATS-02

I

17.5A

FUSE

~ffi)

~

Refer to EL-POWER.

BLOCK (JIB)

WIL

I

ECM

W/L tr.i\i\ db~ 1M

1M

Y

LCHKR

LINE

LINE

mITn

112•41

12•5I

112•61

~~~~~~~iCPN

OR,L

Y.G

BR,Y

~

OR/L

Y/G

BR/Y

I~I
WIL

i

11*.21 @

1$~~4~~$~ - -

OR/L

OR/L

OR

rn

G

rn

rrn

em

~cIJl

Y/G

BR/Y

Y/G

BR/Y

riTIil

~

lt It It

1__

W/L

(ECCS CONTROL UNIT)

NATS 1MMU

@

UfJ

~

LlfU

t

~

~

t

+ii:~-i+~----i+~----+ GYIR~

L/OR~

L/OR

m

R/L

GYIR

RIL

rrfn

rrh

L

~ B

@: With tachometer @: Without tachometer

B

1-.J I ...-w -,--;

*1' .. @30

*2"'@

L

m

B

NATS ANTENNA

AMP

@ID

B

B

B

B

32

•

@40

@

8

·

Li Li J (868)

<8W ~


~WID

I:illImJ

W

I I I I I L I

~

HEL 148

EL-250

NATS (Nissan Anti-Theft System) Trouble Diagnoses WORK FLOW

I

'MIL: Malfunction Indicator Lamp

CHECK IN

Listen to customer complaints or request. (Get symptoms) KEY SERVICE REQUEST (Additional key ID registration) TROUBLE

I

Verify the blinking of MIL'. (Refer to CONSULT operation manual NATS V2.0.) Using the CONSULT program card for NATS check the "SELF-DiAG RESULTS" with CONSULT.

Self-diagnostic results referring to NATS and "DON'T ERASE BEFORE CHECKING ENG DIAG" are displayed on CONSULT. (This means that engine trouble data has been detected in ECM.)

Self-diagnostic results referring to NATS, but no information about engine self-diagnostic results is displayed on CONSULT.

I

Turn ignition switch "OFF".

t

I

Repair NATS. (If necessary, carry out "SELF-FUNCTION CHECK" or "C/U INITIALISATION" with CONSULT.)


Turn ignition switch "ON".

Repair NATS. (If necessary, carry out "SELF-FUNCTION CHECK" or "C/U INITIALISATION" with CONSULT.)

I

Don't erase the NATS "SELF.DlAG RESULTS" by using CONSULT.

Erase the NATS "SELF-DIAG RESULTS" by using CONSULT. (Touch "ERASE")

I I

Start the engine.

NG

Verify no blinking of MIL'.

Start the engine.

OK

I Turn

NG Verify no blinking of MIL'.

ignition switch "OFF".

OK

I

~ Check the engine "SELF-DiAG RESULTS" with CONSULT by using the CONSULT generic program card. (Engine diagnostic software included)

CHECK OUT

-

Perform running test with CONSULT in engine SELF-DiAG RESULTS" mode.

NG Verify "NO FAILURE" displayed on the CONSULT screen.

Repair ECCS. (Refer to EC section.)

I Turn

ignition switch "ON".

OK

I

CHECK OUT

Erase the engine "SELF-DIAG RESULTS" by using CONSULT. (Touch "ERASE".)

I Start the engine.

EL-251

•

NATS (Nissan Anti-Theft System) Trouble Diagnoses (Cont'd) CONSULT INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1. Turn off ignition switch. 2. Connect "CONSULT" to Data link connector for CONSULT. (Data link connector for CONSULTis located behind the fuse box cover.)

3. Insert NATS program card into CONSULT. Program card NATS-E940 4. Turn on ignition switch. 5. Touch "START".

+:

NISSAN

CONSULT

~====Iij-=:JI START

SEL327U

~

SELECT

NATS SYSTEM

0I

6. Touch "V.2.0 (GASOLINE)".

V.1.0 V. 2. 0 (GASOLINE) V. 2. 0 (DIESEL)

SEL328U

~

SELECT

DIAG MODE

D

c/u INITIALISATION SELF-DIAG

RESULTS

SELF-FUNCTION

7. Perform each diagnostic test mode according to each service procedure. For further information, see the CONSULT Operation Manual, NATS V2.0.

CHECK

SEL329U

EL-252

NATS (Nissan Anti-Theft System) Trouble Diagnoses (Cont'd) HOW TO READ SELF-DIAGNOSTIC

RESULTS

Result display screen (When malfunction is detected)

Result display screen (When no malfunction is detected) •

SELF-DIAG

RESULTS.

D

FAILURE DETECTED TIME *NO SELF DIAGNOSTIC FAILURE INDICATED. FURTHER TESTING MAY BE REQUIRED.

•

SELF-DIAG

FAILURE IMMU

Detected items

DETECTED

"

Time data' This indicates how many times the vehicle was driven after the last detection of a malfunction If the malfunction is being detected currently. the time data will be "0".

** DIFFERENCE

ERASE

Page mark

RESULTS.

PRINT

When touched, the sell-diagnostic results stored in the engine control module (ECM) are erased.

--l; ERASE

OF KEY

"

PRINT

;J-

When touched, the self-diagnostic results are printed out.

SEL332UD

* If trip number is more than 1, MIL does not blink .

• EL-253

NATS (Nissan Anti-Theft System) Trouble Diagnoses (Cont'd) CONSULT DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE FUNCTION CONSULT DIAGNOSTIC TEST

Description

MODE C/U INITIALIZATION

When replacing any of the following three components, C/U initialization [NATS ignition key/lMMU/ECMj

SELF-FUNCTION CHECK

ECM checks its own NATS communication

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS

Detected items (screen terms) are as shown in the chart below.

is necessary.

interface by itself.

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS ITEM CHART Detected items (Screen terms)

Reference page

Description

IMMU

ECM received the signal from IMMU that IMMU is malfunctioning.

EL-257

ECM

ECM is malfunctioning.

EL-257

CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU

Communication impossible between ECM and IMMU.

EL-258

DIFFERENCE OF KEY

IMMU can receive the key 10 signal but the result of ID verification between key ID and IMMU is NG.

EL-260

CHAIN OF IMMU-KEY

IMMU cannot receive the key ID signal.

EL-261

ID DISCORD, IMM-ECM

The result of 10 verification between IMMU and ECM is NG. System initialisation is required.

EL-263

MINGLE NOISE

Noise (interference) mingled into NATS communication communicating.

EL-264

DON'T ERASE BEFORE CHECKING ENG DIAG

Engine trouble data and NATS trouble data have been detected in ECM.

EL-254

lines during

EL-264

NATS (Nissan Anti-Theft System) Trouble Diagnoses (Cont'd) SYMPTOM MATRIX CHART 1 (Self-diagnosis related item) X: Possibility item. 'MIL: Malfunction Indicator Lamp SYMPTOM SYSTEM (Malfunctioning part or mode)

REFERENCE PART NO. OF ILLUSTRA• Blinking of MIL'. TION ON NEXT PAGE • Engine will start.

• Blinking of MIL'. • Hard to start engine.

Displayed "SELFDIAG RESULTS" on CONSULT screen.

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (Reference page)

IMMU

A

X

IMMU

PROCEDURE 1 (EL-257)

ECM

B

X

ECM


CHAIN OF ECMIMMU


DIFFERENCE OF KEY


CHAIN OF IMMU-KEY


Open circuit in battery voltage line of IMMU circuit

C1

Open circuit in ignition line of IMMU circuit

C2

X

Open circuit in ground line of IMMU circuit

C3

X

Open circuit in communication line between IMMU and ECM

C4

X

Short circuit between IMMU and ECM communication line and battery voltage line

C4

X

Short circuit between IMMU and ECM communication line and ground line

C4

X

Open circuit in power source line of ANTI AMP circuit

E3

X

ECM

B

X

IMMU

A

X

Unregistered key

0

X

IMMU

A

X

E1

X

E2

X

Open circuit in power source line of ANTI AMP circuit

E3

X

Open circuit in ground line of ANTI AMP circuit

E4

X

Malfunction of key 10 chip

E5

X

IMMU

A

X

Antenna amp.

E6

X

Communication line between ANTIAMP and IMMU: Open circuit or short circuit of battery voltage line or short circuit of ground line

X

.

EL-255

•

NATS (Nissan Anti-Theft System) Trouble Diagnoses (Cont'd) SYMPTOM REFERENCE PART • Blinking of MIL *. NO. OF ILLUSTRA• Blinking of MIL*. • Hard to start TION ON NEXT PAGE • Engine will start. engine.

SYSTEM (Malfunctioning part or mode) System initialisation has not yet been completed.

F

X

ECM

F

X

Noise interference in communication line Engine trouble data and NATS trouble data have been detected in ECM

X

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (Reference page)

Displayed "SELFDIAG RESULTS" on CONSULT screen.

10 DISCORD, IMMECM


X

MINGLE NOISE


X

DON'T ERASE BEFORE CHECKING ENG DIAG

WORK FLOW (EL-251)

SYMPTOM MATRIX CHART 2 (Non self-diagnosis related item) X: Possibility item DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (Reference page)

SYMPTOM

SYSTEM (Malfunctioning part or mode)

NATS security indo does not light up.

NATS security indo Open circuit between Fuse and NATS IMMU


X Continuation of initialisation

mode

NATS IMMU

DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DIAGRAM IGN

IGN PART 0

Key 10 chip (PART E5)

i-------L----j ) ,: I~

.

.'

PART C2~

PART

+1./

C1

PART E1, E2, E3, E4

) )

(MIL)

PART C4 ECM

,

((( NATS ignition key NATS antenna amp. .. ........

................

:' .......

D CONSULT

EL-256

PART F

SEL466U

NATS (Nissan Anti-Theft System) Trouble Diagnoses (Cont'd)

m

FAILURE DETECTED IMMU

DIAGNOSTIC

0

• SELF-DIAGRESULTS.

PROCEDURE

1

Self-diagnostic results: "IMMU" displayed on CONSULT

TIME 0

screen

Confirm SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS "IMMU" displayed on CONSULT screen. Ref. part No: A.

I

ERASE

II

Yes

I

PRINT

SEL330U

Replace IMMU.

Perform initialisation with CONSULT. For the operation of initialisation, refer to "CONSULT operation manual NATS V2.0".

* Ref. part No.: reference part No. of Diagnostic System Diagram on EL-255

m

• SELF-DIAGRESULTS. FAILURE DETECTED ECM

DIAGNOSTIC

0

PROCEDURE

Self-diagnostic results: "ECM" displayed on CONSULT

TIME 0

2 screen

Confirm SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS "ECM" displayed on CONSULT screen. Ref. part No. B.

I

ERASE

II

PRINT

I SEL331U

Replace ECM.


• EL-257


FAILURE DETECTED CHAINOF ECM-IMMU

DIAGNOSTIC

0

• SELF-DIAGRESULTS.

II

o

PRINT

3

Self-diagnostic results: "CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU" displayed on CONSULT screen

TIME

m

00 ERASE

PROCEDURE

Confirm SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS "CHAIN OF ECMIMMU" displayed on CONSULT screen.

I SEL333U

OK

Ii) Check voltage between terminal G) of IMMU and ground with CONSULTor tester. Voltage: Battery voltage

IMMU connector@

NG

1----+

OK

EEFfIfEill

Check the following: • 7.5A fuse • Harness continuity between fuse and IMMU connector @ If NG, repair harness or connector. Ref. part No. C1

~ SEL475U

Check voltage between terminal @ of IMMU and ground with CONSULTor tester. Voltage: Battery voltage

NG

1----+

OK

IMMU connector@

EEFf,11lE

Check the following: • 7.5A fuse • Harness continuity between fuse and IMMU connector @, or between ignition switch and fuse. If NG, repair harness or connectors. Ref. part No. C2

I!] SEL476U

Check harness continuity between IMMU terminal CID or @ and ground. Continuity should exist.

NG

r----.-

OK IMMU connector@

Ii

m

'--Ulsl

Check harness continuity between the following ECM terminals and IMMU ter. minals. ECM @ and IMMU @ ECM @ and IMMU @ Continuity should exist.

SEL477U

Ii II

El'CONNECTORII WilfEB ~~

Y/G

~

OK

~i5

~i5 ECM

Repair harness or check the body ground screws @,@and@!). Ref. part No. C3

BRIY

[fiJ

IMMU connector @

fQj SEL478U

EL-258

NG

1----+

Check the following. • Harness connectors

@,QD • Harness continuity between ECM and IMMU. If NG, repair harness or connectors. Ref. part No. C4


Ii

II

@

ECM

'BRIY

IMMU , , connector @

I

I

2526

Y/G'

~::

I

~

::5JlM

II

~

I

II

L.l..................

_

1

Ii

~1=rEE 11

~CONNECTORII

':" SEL479U

CHECK COMMUNICATION LINE CIRCUIT. 1) Disconnect ECM connector and IMMU connector. 2) Check voltage between the following terminals and ground. ECM @. ECM @l, IMMU @ and IMMU @ Voltage: OV

NG

---..

Communication line is short-circuited with battery voltage line or ignition switch ON line. Repair harness or connectors. Ref. part No. C4

OK

II

ECM

~ CONNECTOR

II~

2526

Y/G'

, , connector @

'BRIY

J0.,

~::~ ~

11133

11 IMMU

"

::19JlO

II

II

~..l.._...............

':" SEL480U

III R3L ITIID

NATS antenna amp. connector @ill)

Communication line is short-circuited with ground line. Repair harness or connectors. Ref. pari No. C4

Check continuity between the following terminals and ground. ECM @, ECM @. IMMU @ and IMMU @ Continuity should not exist. OK

III CHECK NATS ANTENNA AMP. CIRCUIT. 1) Disconnect NATS antenna amp. connector. 2) Turn ignition switch "ON". 3) Check voltage between antenna amp. terminal G) and ground. Voltage: More than 4.7V

NG

~

NATS antenna amp. +5V line is short-circuited with battery voltage line or ground line. Repair harness or connectors. Ref. part No. E3

OK

o SEL481U

o

~

SELECT DIAG MODE

01

I

C/U INITIALISATION SELF-DIAG RESULTS SELF-FUNCTION CHECK

====1

III

I I SEL340U

@

SELF-FUNCTION CHECK 1) Connect ECM connector and disconnect IMMU connector. 2) Turn ignition switch "ON". 3) Touch "SELF-FUNCTION CHECK" on CONSULT "SELECT DIAG MODE" screen.

II (See Touch "START". ECM will then check its communication interface by itself.

~

next page.)

ECM is malfunctioning. Replace ECM. Ref. part No. B

OK

•

m (See next page.)

SELF-FUNCTION CHECK • TOUCH START, THEN ECM CHECK THE IMMU COMMUNiCATION INTERFACE BY ITSELF.

START

ij~ SEL341U

EL-259


•

NATS (Nissan Anti-Theft System) Trouble Diagnoses (Cont'd) •

SELF-FUNCTION CHECK

•

ECM's IMMU COMMUNICATION INTERFACE IMMU is malfunctioning. Replace IMMU. Ref. part No. A

*** *** 11[!1 *** *** ___

I

P_R_IN_T

SEL342U

II

•

SELF-FUNCTION CHECK

•

00

___

with CON-

For the operation of initialisation, refer to "CONSULT

ECM's IMMU COMMUNICATION INTERFACE

******

Perform initialisation SULT.

operation

manual NATS V2.0".

OK ******

P_RI_N_T

' SEL343U

m

• SELF-DIAG RESULTS. FAILURE DETECTED DIFFERENCE OF KEY

0

TIME 0

DIAGNOSTIC

PROCEDURE

Self-diagnostic "DIFFERENCE

results: OF KEY" displayed

PRINT

ERASE

•

"

INITIALISATION STOPPED or FAILED

t

I

•

TURN IGN KEY SW "OFF" AND "ON" AFTER CONFIRMING SELF-DIAG RESULTS, PERFORM C/U INITIALISATION AGAIN.

ERASE

II

PRINT

screen

Confirm SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS "DIFFERENCE OF KEY" displayed on CONSULT screen.

K

SEL344U

C/U INITIALISATION

on CONSULT

m

00 I

4

00

Perform initialisation with CONSULT . Re-register all NATS ignition key IDs. For the operation of initialisation, refer to "CONSULT operation manual NATS V2.0".

Initialisation incompleted or failed with CONSULT

I!J • IMMU is malfunctioning. Replace IMMU. Ref. part No. A

l,nitialisation completed

I

Start engine.

SEL372U

~ END (Ignition key ID was unregistered.) Ref. part No. 0

EL-260

00

Perform in itial isation with CONSULT. For the operation of initialisation, refer to "CONSUL T operation manual NATS V2.0"

NATS (Nissan Anti-Theft System) Trouble Diagnoses (Cont'd) • SELF-DIAG RESULTS. FAILURE DETECTED CHAIN OF IMMU-KEY

DIAGNOSTIC

0

Self-diagnostic results: "CHAIN OF IMMU-KEY"

TIME 0

"

PRINT

I

displayed

on CONSULT screen

Confirm SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS "CHAIN OF IMMUKEY" displayed on CONSULT screen.

1:1.

SEL373U

~~i5

NATS antenna amp. connector~

IMMU connector@

5

m

00 ERASE

PROCEDURE

ma, ~~fJ [ill

W

CHECK ANTENNA AMP. CIRCUIT. 1) Disconnect IMMU connector and NATS antenna amp. connector. 2) Check continuity between the follow• ing IMMU terminals and NATS antenna amp. terminals. IMMU terminal

NAT8 antenna amp. terminal

Ref. part No.

@

@

E1

@

~

E2

Continuity

should

NG

Check harness and connectors. If NG, repair harness or connectors.

exist.

SEL482U

~,34=@ I : I I I I

~ ,

'

Check continuity between the following terminals and ground.


IMMU connector@

I I I I I

__ .- ..-.

__

I~~ I I I I I I I I , •

[ill ~..

IMMU terminal


@

@

E1

@

~)

E2

Continuity

should

NG

Ref. part No.

Communication line is short-circuited with ground line. Repair harness or connectors.

not exist.

~ SEL483U

Check voltage between the following terminals and ground. IMMU connector @

NATS antenna amp. connector ~ ~

r=am T 6 : t ::~ , I I'L!.-JflTl .------_ .... ----_........ I I ,

I I I

" I I

• ,

IMMU terminal


Ref. part No.

@

@

E1

@

~

E2

Voltage:

NG

Communication line is short-circuited with battery voltage line or ignition switch "ON" line. Repair harness or connectors.

OV

~ SEL484U

CHECK ANTENNA AMP. POWER SOURCE CIRCUIT. 1) Connect IMMU connector. 2) Check voltage between NATS antenna amp. terminal G) and ground.


Voltage:

More than 4.7V OK

SEL485U

EL-261

NG

Power source line is open circuit. Repair harness or connector. Ref. part No. E3

•


Ii

@

1

Ii

NATSantenna amp. connector@ID

CHECK ANTENNA AMP. GROUND LINE CIRCUIT. 1) Turn ignition switch "OFF". 2) Check continuity between NATS antenna amp. terminal @ and ground. Continuity should exist.

NG

~

OK SEL486U

CHECK NATS IGNITION KEY 10 CHIP. 1) Connect NATS antenna amp. connector. 2) Pull the ignition key out. 3) Start engine with another registered NATS ignition key.

Start

~

NATS antenna amp. ground line is open circuit. Check harness continuity between IMMU terminal (J) and NATS antenna amp. terminal @. If NG, repair harness or connectors. Ref. part No. E4 Ignition key 10 chip was malfunction ing. Replace the ignition key. Ref. part No. E5

Start NG

[!1

CHECK IMMU OUTPUT VOLTAGE. 1) Turn the ignition switch "ON". 2) Check voltage between IMMU term inal @ and ground. Voltage: More than 4.7V

~i5

NG

-

00

OK

IMMU

connector@

t

ffitflfEB

'-+

1:1 SEL487U

~i5

CHECK IMMU GROUND CIRCUIT. 1) Turn the ignition switch "OFF". 2) Disconnect IMMU connector. 3) Check continuity between IMMU terminal (J) and ground. Continuity should exist.

NG

~

Replace IMMU. Ref. part No. A


OK

IMMU

0

connector@

00

CHECK IMMU FUNCTION 1. 1) Connect IMMU connector and NATS antenna amp. connector. 2) Check voltage between IMMU term inal @ and ground. Voltage SEL488U

o


~i5

Time (After turning ignition switch "ON".)

Voltage IV]

For approx. 0.5 sec.

Approx. 2.3 - 5

After 1 sec.

0

IMMU

connector@

rtfa;EB

0K

1 SEL489U

EL-262

NG

~



NATS (Nissan Anti-Theft System) Trouble Diagnoses (Cont'd) CID

1

II

IMMU

connector@

SEL490U

CHECK IMMU FUNCTION 2. 1) Disconnect NATS antenna amp. connector. 2) Turn ignition switch "ON". 3) Check voltage between IMMU terminal @ and ground. Voltage: 6 sec. after turning ignition switch "ON" Approx. 4.5 - 5V

NG

r---+


1

00

OK


NATS antenna amp. is malfunctioning. When replacing the amp. hold on to amp. body. Take care not to pull on amp. harness. Ref. part No. E6

• SELF-DIAG RESULTS. FAILURE DETECTED ID DISCORD,IMM-ECM

DIAGNOSTIC

0

Self-diagnostic results: "ID DISCORD, IMM-ECM"

TIME 0

m

00 ERASE [;]

•

II

PRINT

INITIALISATION STOPPED or FAILED

displayed

Confirm SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS "10 DISCORD, IMMECM*" displayed on CONSULT screen.

I

•

TURN IGN KEY SW "OFF" AND "ON", AFTER CONFIRMING SELF-DIAG RESULTS, PERFORM C/U INITIALISATION AGAIN.

II

6

SEL383U

C/U INITIALISATION

ERASE

PROCEDURE

PRINT

Perform initialisation with CONSULT . Re-register all NATS ignition key IDs. For the operation of initialisation, refer to "CONSULT operation manual NATS V2.0".

on CONSULT screen * "10 DISCORD, IMM-ECM":

Registered ID of IMMU is in discord with that of ECM.

Initialisation incompleted or failed with CONSULT

[;] ECM is malfunctioning. Replace ECM. Ref. part No. F

Initialisation completed

I

Start engine.

SEL372U

END Ref. part No. F


EL-263

•

NATS (Nissan Anti-Theft System) Trouble Diagnoses (Cont'd) • SELF.DIAGRESULTS. FAILURE DETECTED MINGLENOISE

0

TIME 0

DIAGNOSTIC

m ~

II

I

PRINT

7

Self-diagnostic results: "MINGLE NOISE" displayed on CONSULT screen

T

ERASE

PROCEDURE

Confirm SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS "MINGLE NOISE" displayed on CONSULT screen.

Turn off or remove any possible noise sources.

SEL384U

• SELF.DIAGRESULTS. FAILURE DETECTED MINGLENOISE

0

Touch "ERASE" on CONSULT SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS screen.

TIME 0

NG

Start engine. OK

ER~I

PRINT

I

END

SEL385U

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 8 "NATS SECURITY IND. DOES NOT LIGHT UP"

o

m Check fuse (7.5A) in the fuse box.

UP

SIDE

....

I~

7.5A

EE3J

NG

Replace fuse.

OK

END

OK

NATS INITIALISATION 1) Fix the 7.5A fuse shown left

m.

SEL491U

2) Perform initialisation with CONSULT. For the operation of initialisation, refer to "CONSULT operation manual NATS V2.0".


Start engine and turn ignition switch "OFF".

Check NATS security indo blinking. NG

EL-264

NATS (Nissan Anti-Theft System) Trouble Diagnoses (Cont'd) @ NATSsecurity indo connector@

rQl1

DIJ

Ii) Check voltage between NATS security indo connector terminal G) (Located under the instrument panel) and ground.

~

~

NG

f------+

@). If NG, repair harness or connector .

Voltage: Battery voltage .".

OK

SEL492U

[!]

[!]

~15c&a~15 IMMU

connector@

NATSsecurity indo connector~

EEFf,l1iE

~

[ID

~

Repair harness.

IE CHECK NATS IMMU FUNCTION 1) Connect NATS IMMU connector. 2) Disconnect NATS security indo connector. 3) Check continuity between NATS IMMU terminal @ and ground. Continuity should exist intermittently.

~15

IMMU

connector@

EEFfI1iili

CHECK NATS SECURITY IND. CIRCUIT. 1) Disconnect NATS IMMU connector. 2) -Check harness continuity between NATS security indo connector terminal @ and NATS IMMU connector terminal @. Continuity should exist. OK

SEL493U

IE

Check harness continuity between fuse and NATS security indo connector

~

NG

-+

NATS IMMU is malfunctioning. Replace IMMU.

1

00

OK

SEL494U


NATS security indo is malfunctioning. Pull out NATS security indo with harness and connector. Check harness connection

~

Repair harness.

OK NATS security indo cell is malfunctioning. Replace NATS security indo

EL-265

•

LOCATION OF ELECTRICAL UNITS Engine Compartment Front wiper motor (LHD models)

ASS relay box and actuator

(RHO models)

Front wiper motor (RHO models)

Fusible link and relay box Glow relay (CD engine

models)

Fusible link and fuse box

Fusible link and fuse box

Fusible link and relay box

Rear fog lamp relay Cooling fan relay-2

Rear window defogger relay (CD engine with daytime light system)

• Cooling fan relay-3 (SR engine AT models and CD engine) Rear window defogger relay (GA engine with daytime light system)

HEL149

EL-266

LOCATION OF ELECTRICAL UNITS Passenger Compartment LHD MODELS

Rear window defogger timer (With daytime light system)

NATS IMMU (Gasoline

Warning buzzer unit Combination

engine)

Door lock timer

flasher unit ABS control unit

Junction

box NO.2 (Joint connectors) Front wiper amplifier Stop lamp switch

SMJ (Main harnessfront door harness)

Mirror defogger relay (With daytime light system) Sun roof relay (Without power window) Power window relay (With power window) Front fog lamp relay SMJ (Main harnessengine room harness) SMJ (Main harnessfront door harness)

•

Rear wiper amplifier Daytime light unit

Air bag diagnosis sensor unit (With dual air bag system)

Circuit breaker Fuel pump relay (Gasoline engine)

ECM (ECCS control module) (Gasoline engine) ECM (Engine control module) (Diesel engine)

Fuse block (JIB) Ignition relay Blower relay Accessory

ECCS relay (Gasoline

engine)

relay

HEL 150

EL-267

LOCATION OF ELECTRICAL UNITS Passenger Compartment (Cont'd) RHO MODELS

Warning buzzer unit ABS control

NATS IMMU (Gasoline

engine for Europe)

Rear wiper amplifier

unit

Combination

Front wiper amplifier SMJ (Main harnessfront door harness)

flasher unit

Stop lamp switch Sun rool relay (Without power window) Power window relay (With power window) Front fog lamp relay SMJ (Main harnessengine room harness) SMJ (Main harnessIront door harness)

Circuit breaker Fuel pump relay (Gasoline engine)

EGM (EGGS control module) (Gasoline engine) EGM (Engine control module) (Diesel engine)

Fuse block (JIB) Accessory

EGGS relay (Gasoline

relay

Blower relay

engine)

Ignition relay

HEL151

EL-268

HARNESS LAYOUT How to Read Harness Layout Example: G2

@

T T

8/6

: ASCD ACTUATOR

~nector

color / Cavity

Connector number

Grid reference

The following Harness Layouts use a map style grid to help locate connectors • Engine Room Harness (Engine Compartment) • Main Harness • Body Harness

on the drawings:

To use the grid reference 1) 2) 3) 4) 5)

Find the desired connector number on the connector list. Find the grid reference. On the drawing, find the crossing of the grid reference letter column and number row. Find the connector number in the crossing zone. Follow the line (if used) to the connector.

CONNECTOR

SYMBOL

Main symbols of connector

(in Harness Layout) are indicated Water proof type

in the below.

Standard type

Connector type Male Less than 4 • Cavity: Relay connector

• • Cavity: From 5 to 8

• Cavity: More than 9 • Ground terminal

Female

Male

Female

~

~

~

@i)

~

~

~

c90

$

~

-

etc.

-

@?

-

FFC (FLAT FLEXIBLE CIRCUIT) An FFC (Flat Flexible Circuit) has been adopted for door harness of 3-door Hatchback models for Europe. CAUTION: • Do not attempt to repair, splice or modify the FFC. If the FFC is damaged, • Do not force the FFC in the opposite direction to which it is bent.

EL-269

replace

with a new one .

•

HARNESS LAYOUr Outline LHD MODELS

Tail harness

Engine harness

HEL 152

RHO MODELS

Enqine harness

EL-270

HARNESS LAYOUT Engine Control Harness GA14DE, 16DE ENGINE FOR EUROPE AND GA15DE ENGINE

Ul

Qj "0

o E

o

en

'eQ)n a:

o ::r:

..J

Ul Q)

/ a;-

u

"0

o

E

o

o

a;-

::r: a:

u

o

:;

w

E.

f:?

~ 0

::l

x W

W

'" <: Q)

'"Q)'" '"Q) c ~

~ ~

i;,

Q)

::l

U

'".l!J E

.. .. .. 't <0

<0

>:

::J
:s

. .......

.. <0 ~

•

~

~~~

0 N

N

<3

@@@@@@@

~ a:

co

L()

a: co

N N

a: co

cry

:3 >: c..
N

a: co

~

N

N

N N

<0

N

~ >: >:

@@ @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@

"0 <: ::l

0

0, Q)

<:

'0, <: W

HEL 164

EL-271

HARNESS LAYOUT Engine Control Harness (Cont'd) GA 16DE ENGINE EXCEPT FOR EUROPE

"0

c: ::> o 0, C1l

c: 00, c: UJ

o o

LL

@ ~ ~ o~

a:

@

@@@@@@

L-

--'

@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ HEL165

HARNESS LAYOUT Engine Control Harness (Cant' d) SR20DE ENGINE

@

• @@@@@@ @@@@@@@@@@@@@ HEL 166

EL-273

HARNESS LAYOUT Engine Room Harness ENGINE COMPARTMENT -

LHD models C\I

u.

@ @ @ @ @ @ @ @

w

Cl

o

OJ

«

L{)

C\I

HEL154

EL-274

HARNESS LAYOUT Engine Room Harness (Conl'd) E ~en

E

1:

1:

<1l

~

<1l

en>en

,'2'

Cii "tJ o E

mm c c

t:: <1l

C

C

Q)

<1l

Ol

c

E

Q)

';;::

>

en Cii

~ "tJ

~

'g (; OJ 0 1i E

a:

~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ WWOOWWWWW[IJ

~

"5 o :5

~

<1l

I

"tJ

:5

C)

'~

Cll "tJ

o 0 S:2.S:2.

,!;;

Q)

E

.~

'0, '0,

:::;;;

.'2'

<1l

N ~

';;:: en Cii

"tJ

0

~

"tJ 0

E

(; E

I-

(5 f-

:;;:

E :;;:

N

U

I

a:

'c::J (; (5

E Ol C

I

'E

cr: 'iij a. a.

E E Cll

Cll

U U Cll

Q)

I

M

N M ~ N

N

C)u.u.oooooou.

N N N ~

Cll

Q)

I

•

~ N N N N N ~ N N N M ~ M U U U
HEL 155

EL-275

HARNESS LAYOUT ENGINE COMPARTMENT

-

RH

En.

gme

0 models

R

oom Harness (Conl'd)

C\I

1

L.L.

00 @ @ @ @ @ @ @ w

w

o ~

0

D N

o

-Ie

o

«

«

C\I

HEL 156

EL-276

HARNESS LAYOUT Engine Room Harness (Conl'd)

c-

o

0-

:;

o

W

W

:;

@@@@@@@@@@ @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ M M M M

N

M

««««ucouucoco

M M

M ~

~

~ ~

~

~ ~ ~ ~

~

couuuuooowowwoowww

~ M M

M M ~

c

c

6>

Q)

"6>

~ ~

c

Q)

Q)

«

o

u

CJ

I

a:

c-

.c ()

S "~ ~

(J)

Cii Qi c > Ol~

"m

-0

c "5

.a ;:;:: Q)

11

-0

~

i:7i co

•

(0

ii co

C\I N N C\l UOOWWWULL

N

@@@@@ @ @@@@@@@@@@ (\J

T-

T-

CJ

N

co U

(\J

U

N N U «

(\J

N N

(\J

« « « «

HEL 157

EL-277

HARNESS LAYOUT Engine Room Harness (Coni' d) PASSENGER

(0

C\I

COMPARTMENT

-

LHO models

'
~ ~ ~

~(ID(ID

(0

C')

ffi

~ ~ co

(0

(&) OO@)@

HEL 158

EL-278

HARNESS LAYOUr Engine Room Harness (Cont'd) PASSENGER

COMPARTMENT

-

RHO models

C')

•

co

~ ~ ~~

HEL 159

EL-279

HARNESS LAYOUT Main Harness LHD MODELS LO

u..

u..

w

o

()

co

«

LO HEL160

EL-280

HARNESS LAYOUT Main Harness (ConI' d)

ec o (.)

(/) () ()

!:!-OJ

~~0

() W

E

.s::

£

OJ

c:: c:: '6> c:: .Q Q) (;j c:: Q) .~

.s::

£

-E ~

(5

~ :; ~

.s:: .s::

~

a:

"< If~Cl

.~ c::

.s::

£

.~ (/)

c::

If

0

£

.~ (/)

'0 () Q)

(.)

Cii

-""
Q.

(/)

Cii

Ol Ol

(/)

.2

"tJ

...0

0 "tJ

Q)

2? ;;:

.~ @.Q c::

-~

"tJ

!:!:. 0

15
.s::

c:: .~

£

II: II:

00

.~

Q,

:EOl

(/)

Ol c::

"0

::J

0

0

M M M M M M M N

WLLLLWLLLLLLWClWW

N N

N

.,.... .,.... .,.... N (\J

.,.... .,....

ClWClLLWWW

N N .,.... .,.... N M N LLLL0LLLLLLLL000LL

N

N N

.,....

OJ c:: '6> c:: Q)

Qi (/) Q)

e. c::

o _a; ~c::

.s:: -Ol

E ==

= ~ Q)

•

:::: >-

~ ~
-

--Ol.s:: () ~ (/)

M

()

NMMNNN~

N

NNNMMMNN

()()()rororo~()()()()()()OOOOO

HEL161

EL-281

HARNESS LAYOUr Main Harness (Coni' d) RHO MODELS

C\I

LO

HEL 162

EL-282

HARNESS LAYOUT Main Harness (Cont'd)

ui co « '5 o :5 .j:

Ql

ui co «

Q.

eE

2

::> LU

8 en

o o ~Ql :2:~

o

LU

0

E

E Q)

tl

Q)

>-

c. 7 u .2

Q; CD E o

(/)

2 ::>

~

LU

ltl

.c u

Q)

.;g

Q. (/)

(:;

o

-0

(:; LL

• "'"

C'l

C'l

C'l

LL LL LU LU

~ ~ ~ N ~ ~ ~ N LULULUOLLCOCJLULULULULLLUOO

N

N

N N

M

~

C'l N LUOOO

"'"

"'"

C'l "'" 00

HEL 163

EL-283

HARNESS LAYOUr Body Harness 3-DOOR HATCHBACK

-

LHD models

---------------

"0 C ::l

o

6> >.. "0

o

co

en>..

E en>..

Q)

:E

:E

I/)

Q)

E

Ql

Q)

E

en

en

g

en>.. g .gl Q)

en

-0;

Ol "0

.~

£

0;

-0

coo. ~ E

.r:

:;::

>-0> Ol :=

~Ol

TI

"0

~ ~

~ .~

I

~ ~ -0 I

I .r:

Q)

£ E

~ ...J

en

.-E .r:

E £ $,

"0 .0;

*

>..

Q)

:E E Q)

E

.r:

~

.~

.~

a: £

~ ~

.r:

.~ en

...J

I

a:

Q) 20l en "0 -" c -0 "0

@@@)~ ~ ~ ~

::l

U.

~ Q)

a:

C

0

u:

>0"0 0

Ql

Q)

CO I

I

~~ ~ Ol Ol Cl.

Ql

I

<1J

HEL 170

EL-284

HARNESS LAYOUT Body Harness (Coni' d) 3-000R

HATCHBACK

-

RHO models

"0 C ::J

o 0, >"0 o

-----_

co

~~

"5 :;

-~ 00 I

..J

Q)

"0

'00

I

a:

\

• HEL 171

EL-285

HARNESS LAYOUT Body Harness (Cont'd) SEDAN -

LHD models N

LO

u.

u.

w

w

«

LO

HEL 172

EL-286

HARNESS LAYOUT Body Harness (Coni' d)

CD

~

"5 c

Q.:S I

I

-' -'

t3 ~ ~ ~ c. c. E E

:!:

ceO. .Q 0

E

:0 :0

E

enc ~c ~ E E

0

8 8 e (ij

Co

OJ

OJ

a:a:~

~ ::l

00

u::

iJj

II) II) G)

...co c:

•

.c: >-

'tl

o

m

C'?C"')C"')C\JC\JC\JC\JC\JC\J

ooooouwu..u..u..uow

__

NN

HEL173

EL-287

LAYOUT HARNESS (Cont'd) Body Harness SEDAN -

RHO models C\I

Cl

« .,....

C\I

LO

HEL 174

EL-288

HARNESS LAYOUr Body Harness (Cont'd)

w w 0l0l 0l0l

.E .E Ql Ql "0

"0

"0 "0

c

:;)

o

en

c

:;)

0

OJ

>- >-

"0 "0 o 0 IDID

III III CIl

..

•

c:

cu

s::

>-

"0

o

m

N ~ N M ~ N N M ~ M ~ N CJ LL CJ CJ LL LL woo 0 WOlD

~ N N N N (,)

ID

ID

W

N N

~

LL 0

0

HEL 175

EL-289

HARNESS LAYOUT Body Harness (Conl'd) 5-DOOR HATCHBACK

-

LHD models

~~ a; CD

Ql

"0 '(jj

'5 "5 00 ~~ :c :c ..J a:

Qi

Ol

c Ql

0.0.

:c ..J

..c :c

B

..J

~Qi

.~

?

u .Q ~ 0 0 "0

E 0. .!!! E c .!!! 0 E ~ 0 c: 0 :0

~ ~c: ~ ~ :0 tIl

"0 ::l

.~ .c en .~ ~ :!!:

co:

u

0 "0

0,

'0

1=.

>. -C

C

E

:c a:

!E

c :c ..c 0

tIl 0.

Qi

..c

0 0.

B

a:

c

~

o~

oo@ ~~~ ig 0 0 g ~ ~ ~ ~ ~

0

E

0 "0

VJ

0

0

0

U

Ql

0-

0

Co

OJ

a:

"0

Ql

£~~3£

Ql

OJ

a: a: a:

a.l ~ ~

.. .. .. .. .. .. ..

~

N

CON

N

[D

~~

~ ~~

a: a: [D

.".

.".

N

~

[D

[D

a: a:

a: [D

(0

~

@@@@@@@@@@@@

HEl176

EL-290

HARNESS LAYOUT Body Harness (Conl'd) 5-000R

HATCHBACK

-

RHO models

~ ~

-g::> '=------~

e

;~

aiL

_

• HEL 177

EL-291

HARNESS LAYOUT Body No. 2 Harness LHD MODELS

HEL 178

EL-292

HARNESS LAYOUT Body No.2 Harness (ConI' d) RHO MODELS

I

....J

Cii > > Oi Oi Cii eo > > eo
°

!/l

!/l

(5 (5

~ ~ .8

>< 15 0 E

(; I

!/l

<:
!/l

TI
.0

Cii
>- >0 0

::5 ::5

CI1 ::l

Cii

eo

CI1

(f)

eo eo

"E "E 0

u:

tt

Cii

(; eo E ~
C

Ol 0c.;;

'2

TI

<:

::l

Q)

C

C

0

(j)

c

e

u

Ol

"E

~(f)

.3
::l

~

Q)

CI1

(f)

....J

...,0 eo"8 °

"2 "E

0

u

eo

• HEL 179

EL-293

HARNESS LAYOUT Engine Harness GA ENGINE

(])

0.

c: "5> c:

Ql ()

x

(])

(])

"~ (/)

Qi

"~

~

"0 0

~ tii

w

o

~

~w

~~

0 It)

::J

E <: <:

"0 C9 tii I- c: ::J ~ Cll 0. (]) a. <: 0 ~ Ql Qi () c: Cll x (]) :s E "5> u; W (/) c: (/) Ql

Ql

a.

e ::J

ill

E m "0 0 0. E (]) ()

0 x

Ql

ill

0 CD

~

~

C9

:- Z'l i"'

;'!"

LL

W

Ql

Qi

0."0

o 0 5 E w

.E

t:

:ii

~

HEL 167

EL-294

HARNESS LAYOUT Engine Harness (Corlt'd) SR ENGINE

5 en c Ql en

-g 0 ~ en

(5

B

•

0

E E

HEL168

EL-295

HARNESS LAYOUr Engine Harness (Co nt' d) CD ENGINE

<5 (J)

c Q) (J)

~ :> '@ Q)

c.

~

~ "~

/

ctIl ~ C

g ~ u

Q) Oi c E "5> Q;

c .c I-

W

"0 C

:>

eOl Q)

c "5> c W

HEL 169

EL-296

HARNESS LAYOUT Air Bag Harness

LHD MODELS (ill

GD GD GD

Y/24

Air bag diagnosis

Y/6

Spiral cable

sensor unit

Y/12

To(~)

Y/2

Air bag module (Passenger

side)

HEL180

RHO MODELS (ill

GD GD GD

Y/24

Air bag diagnosis

Y/6

Spiral cable

sensor unit

Y/12

To (~)

Y/2

Air bag module (Passenger

side)

• HEL181

EL-297

HARNESS LAYOUT Room Lamp Harness

'0 o ~ ~ '0 c: ::J 1Il

-::J

o

0 ~

c: ::> 1Il

£ :5

~~

@@@@@

@ @

HEL182

EL-298

__________

...!H~A~R=N~E~S~S~LA~VY!OQ.U!!T!....--------Back Door Harness

"0

c

::>

o 0, >-

"0

o

CD

~

"0

c ::> o 0,

~o CD

en en

Cll

... c

C'll J:

~

CD

T"'"'

.,.-

iii iii I

I

.c :J

Cf)

00000000

• HEL 183

EL-299

HARNESS LAYOUT

LHD MODELS (Standard type) @ @ @

BR/3

Door mirror actuator

@

GY/2

Door mirror defogger

@

B/2

SMJ

TO@

BR/2

Door speaker

Front Door Harness (LH side) Power window main switch

@W/12

(With front door power window)

Power window regulator

Power window main switch

@W/16

(With front and rear door power window) @GY/4

Door lock actuator

@

Lock knob switch (With power door lock lype-2)

GY/2

(With power door lock type-1)

HEL 184

LHD MODELS (FFC type)

@ @ @ @

SMJ

TO@

@

BR/2

Door speaker

@W/12


BR/3


@GY/4

Door lock actuator

GY/2


B/2



I

CAUTION : Don't attempt to repair, splice or modify the flexible flat circuit (FFC). If the FFC is damaged,

replace

with a new one.

HEL 185

EL-300

HARNESS LAYOUr Front Door Harness (LH side) (Cont'd) RHO MODELS (Standard type) @ @ @

SMJ

To(~)

@

W/8

Power window sub-switch

BR/2

Door speaker

(~)

GY/4

Door lock actuator


BR/3


(~)

W/4

Door lock actuator


@

B/2


HEL186

RHO MODELS (FFC type)

SMJ

To(~)

BR/2

Door speaker

BR/3


GY/2


@ @ @

8/2


W/8


GY/4

Door lock actuator (With power door lock type-1)

l.

• CAUTION

: Don't attempt to repair, splice or modify the flexible flat circuit (FFC). If the FFC is damaged,

replace

with a new one.

HEL 187

EL-301

HARNESS LAYOUT

LHD MODELS (Standard

type)

Front Door Harness (RH side)

To(~)

@

B/2

Power window regUlator

(032) BR/2

Door speaker

(~)

W/8


(033)

BR/3


(~)

GY/4

Door lock actuator


(~4)

GY/2


(~)

W/4

Door lock actuator


@

SMJ

HEL 188

LHD MODELS (FFC type)

@ @

SMJ

TO(~)

@

B/2


BR/2

Door speaker

(~)

W/8


(~)

BR/3


(~)

GY/4

(034)

GY/2



J

CAUTION : Don't attempt to repair, splice or modify the flexible flat circuit

(FFC). If the FFC is damaged, replace

with a new one.

HEL189

EL-302

HARNESS LAYOUT Front Door Harness (RH side) (Cont'd) RHO MODELS (Standard type) @ @ @ @

SMJ

TO@

BR/2

Door speaker

BR/3


B/2



@W/16

(With front and rear door power window)

@ @

GY/4

Door lock actuator

GY/2

Lock knob switch (With power door lock type-2)



@W/12

(With front door power window)

HEL 190

RHO MODELS (FFC type)

@ @ @ @

SMJ

To@

BR/2

Door speaker

BR/3


GY/2


@ @ @

B/2


W/12


GY/4


~------------=======

CQDCQD

---~

j

• CAUTION : Don't attempt to repair. splice or modify the flexible flat circuit (FFC). If the FFC is damaged,

replace

with a new one.

HEL191

EL-303

HARNESS LAYOUT Rear Door Harness

LH SIDE

@) @)

W/6

TO@

WIB


(~)

B/2


@)

W/4

Door lock actuator

HEL 192

RH SIDE @ill

W/6

To@)

(07~) WIB


(:QE) (024)

B/2


W/4

Door lock actuator

HEL193

EL-304

Manual de taller Nissan Almera n15 - Electrical System.pdf

Recommend Documents